## Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide - Primary

Support Environmental Protection Agency Office of Pollution Prevention and To xics Manage To xic Substance s

Delivery Order # GS00Q09BGD0022 Ta sk Order # EP - G1 1H - 00154 Project # TDD 9.21 Version 0.01 September 20, 2013OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support i 

### T able of Contents 1 Introduction ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 1 2 System Requirements ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 2 2.1 Supported Browsers ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 2 2.2 Screen Resolution ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 2 3 Primary Support Functions ................................ ................................ ................................ . 3 3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application ................................ .................... 4 3.2 Home Screen Navigation ................................ ................................ .............................. 5 3.3 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ................................ ................................ ......... 7 3.4 Enter Passphrase ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 9 3.5 Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 10 3.6 Action Bar ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 20 3.7 Attach Documents ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 21 3.8 Search Substance Registry Services (SRS) ................................ ............................... 25 3.9 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search ................................ ................................ ....... 29 4 Edit Premanufacture Notice ................................ ................................ .............................. 33 4.1 Edit PMN Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 33 4.2 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ........................... 33 4.3 User Fees Certification ................................ ................................ ............................... 37 4.4 Agent Information ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 39 4.5 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ .................... 43 4.6 Additional Submission Information ................................ ................................ .............. 47 4.7 Joint Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ......................... 50 4.8 Joint Submission Information ................................ ................................ ...................... 51 4.8.1 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information ................................ .......... 53 4.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ...... 56 4.10 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ................................ ... 57 4.10.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ................................ . 60 4 .11 Chemical Identification ................................ ................................ ................................ 61 4.12 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ................................ ................................ ............. 63 4.13 Class 2 Substances ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 68 4.14 Additional Chemical Information ................................ ................................ ................. 71 4.15 Polymer Identification Information ................................ ................................ ............... 76 4.16 Monomers and Other Reactants ................................ ................................ ................. 80OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support ii 4.17 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Inform ation ................................ .................... 85 4.18 Use Information ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 88 4.19 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet ................................ ............................ 94 4.20 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) ...................... 102 4.20.1 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach

Documents ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 104 4.2 1 Submitter Controlled Site Information ................................ ................................ ....... 107 4.22 Sites Controlled By Others ................................ ................................ ....................... 108 4.23 Submitter Operation Information ................................ ................................ ............... 111 4.24 Occupational Exposures ................................ ................................ ........................... 115 4.25 Environmental Releases ................................ ................................ ........................... 119 4.26 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ................................ ................................ ........ 124 4.27 Exposures/Releases ................................ ................................ ................................ . 127 4.28 Byproduct Information ................................ ................................ ............................... 132 4.29 Optional Pollution Prevention ................................ ................................ .................... 134 4.30 Additional Attachments ................................ ................................ ............................. 136 4.31 Attachment Summary ................................ ................................ ............................... 138 4.32 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ ................................ 139 4.33 Upload XML ................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 140 5 Edit a Biotechnology Form ................................ ................................ ............................. 142 5.1 Edit Biotechnology Form ................................ ................................ ........................... 142 5.2 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ......................... 142 5.3 Joint Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ....................... 145 5.4 Joint Submission Information ................................ ................................ .................... 146 5.4.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information .............................. 148 5.5 Letter of Support Sub mitter Information ................................ ................................ .... 150 5.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ................................ . 151 5.6.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ............................... 154 5.7 Technical Contact Infor mation ................................ ................................ .................. 156 5.8 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ ................................ 160 6 Edit Notice of Commenceme nt (NOC) Form ................................ ................................ ... 162 6.1 Edit NOC Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 162 6.2 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ......................... 162 6.3 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ .................. 163 6.4 Chemical Information ................................ ................................ ................................ 167OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support iii 6.5 Submitter Site Information ................................ ................................ ........................ 170 6.6 CBI Substantiation Part 1 ................................ ................................ ......................... 172 6.7 CBI Substantiation Part 2 ................................ ................................ ......................... 174 6.8 CBI Substantiation Part 3 ................................ ................................ ......................... 177 6.9 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ ................................ 180 7 Edit Support Form ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 182 7.1 Edit Support Form ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 182 7.2 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ......................... 182 7.3 Original Submitter Information ................................ ................................ .................. 185 8 Edit Bona Fide Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 188 8.1 Edit Bona Fide Form ................................ ................................ ................................ . 188 8.2 General Document Information ................................ ................................ ................. 188 8.3 Primary Contact Information ................................ ................................ ..................... 191 8.4 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ .................. 194 8.5 Statement of Intent ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 197 8.6 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ ................................ .... 199 8.7 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ................................ . 201 8.7.1 Notify Seco ndary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ............................... 203 8.8 Chemical Identification Information ................................ ................................ ........... 205 8.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ................................ ................................ ........... 207 8.10 Class 2 Substances ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 211 8.11 Polymer Identification Information ................................ ................................ ............. 2 14 8.12 Monomers and Other Reactants ................................ ................................ ............... 217 8.13 Use Information ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 220 8.14 Submitter Site Identification ................................ ................................ ...................... 221 8.15 Document Management ................................ ................................ ........................... 223 8.16 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ ................................ 224 9 Edit Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form ................................ .............................. 226 9.1 Edit ACM Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 226 9.2 Contact Information ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 226 9.3 Attachments ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 229 10 Preview ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 232 11 Validate ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 237 12 Resources ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 239 Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations ................................ ........................... 242OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support iv 

### List of Exhibits Ex hibit 3 - 1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix ................................ ................... 4 Exhibit 3 - 2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen ................................ ................... 5 Exhibit 3 - 3: Section 5 Notices and Supports Home Screen ................................ ......................... 7 Exhibit 3 - 4: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms Screen ................................ ........................ 9 Exhibit 3 - 5: Enter Passphrase Screen ................................ ................................ ....................... 10 Exhibit 3 - 6: Naviga tion Prompt ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 11 Exhibit 3 - 7: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1) ................................ .................. 12 Exhibit 3 - 8: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2) ................................ .................. 13 Exhibit 3 - 9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3) ................................ .................. 14 Exhibit 3 - 10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 4) ................................ ................ 15 Exhibit 3 - 11: Biotechnolo gy Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ............. 16 Exhibit 3 - 12: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigation Tree ................................ ............... 17 Exhibit 3 - 13: Support Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ....................... 17 Exhibit 3 - 14: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substanc e) ................................ .................. 18 Exhibit 3 - 15: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer) ................................ ................................ ... 19 Exhibit 3 - 16: Alternative Control Measures Navigation Tree ................................ ...................... 20 Exhibit 3 - 17: Action Bar – Validate ................................ ................................ ............................ 20 Exhibit 3 - 18: Action Bar – Save ................................ ................................ ................................ . 21 Exhibit 3 - 19: Action Bar – Preview ................................ ................................ ............................ 21 Exhibit 3 - 20: Action Bar – Links ................................ ................................ ................................ 21 Exhibit 3 - 21: Attach Documents W indow ................................ ................................ ................... 24 Exhibit 3 - 22: Search Substance Registry Services W indow ................................ ...................... 26 Exhibit 3 - 23: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services W indow ............................. 28 Exhibit 3 - 24: Facility Registry System Search Wi ndow ................................ .............................. 30 Exhibit 3 - 25: Add Manual Entry W indow ................................ ................................ ................... 32 Exhibit 4 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ........................... 36 Exhibit 4 - 2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ........................... 37 Exhibit 4 - 3: User Fees Certification Screen ................................ ................................ ............... 39 Exhibit 4 - 4: Agent Information Screen ................................ ................................ ....................... 40 Exhibit 4 - 5: Add Agent W indow ................................ ................................ ................................ . 42 Exhibit 4 - 6: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .... 44 Exhibit 4 - 7: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ .............. 46 Exhibit 4 - 8: Additional Submission Information Screen ................................ ............................. 49 Exhibit 4 - 9: Joint Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 51 Exhibit 4 - 10: Joint Submission Information Screen ................................ ................................ ... 53 Exhibit 4 - 11: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ ... 55OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support v Exhibit 4 - 12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 57 Exhibit 4 - 13: Letter of Support S ubmission Information Screen ................................ ................. 59 Exhibit 4 - 14: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ ... 61 Exhibit 4 - 15: Chemical Identification Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 63 Exhibit 4 - 16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............ 67 Exhibit 4 - 17: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............ 68 Exhibit 4 - 18: Class 2 Substan ces Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ .. 70 Exhibit 4 - 19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ .. 71 Exhibit 4 - 20: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................ 75 Exhibit 4 - 21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................ 76 Exhibit 4 - 22: Polymer Identific ation Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 79 Exhibit 4 - 23: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............. 80 Exhibit 4 - 24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............... 84 Exhibit 4 - 25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............... 85 Exhibit 4 - 26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen ................................ .. 88 Exhibit 4 - 27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ......... 92 Exhibit 4 - 28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ......... 93 Exhibit 4 - 29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1) ......................... 100 Exhibit 4 - 30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) ......................... 101 Exhibit 4 - 31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen .... 103 Exhibit 4 - 32: Physical and Chem ical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach Documents W indow (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ................................ . 105 Exhibit 4 - 33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optio nal) Attach Documents W indow (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ................................ . 106 Exhibit 4 - 34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen ................................ ..................... 108 Exhibit 4 - 35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen ................................ ................................ ..... 110 Exhibit 4 - 36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 114 Exhibit 4 - 37: Submitter Opera tion Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............. 115 Exhibit 4 - 38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 118 Exhibit 4 - 39: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 119 Exhibit 4 - 40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 123 Exhibit 4 - 41: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 124 Exhibit 4 - 42: Industrial Si tes Controlled By Others Screen ................................ ...................... 127 Exhibit 4 - 43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............................... 130 Exhibit 4 - 44: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............................... 132 Exhibit 4 - 45: Byproduct Information Screen ................................ ................................ ............ 133 Exhibit 4 - 46: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen ................................ ................................ . 136 Exhibit 4 - 4 7: Additional Attachments Screen ................................ ................................ ........... 137 Exhibit 4 - 48: Attachment Summary Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 139OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support vi Exhibit 4 - 49: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 140 Exhibit 4 - 50: Upload XML Screen ................................ ................................ ........................... 141 Exhibit 5 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology) ................................ ............... 144 Exhibit 5 - 2: Joint Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ ....... 146 Exhibit 5 - 3: Joint Submission Information Screen ................................ ................................ ... 147 Exhibit 5 - 4: Unique Identifier Notification W indow (Scroll 1) ................................ .................... 149 Exhibit 5 - 5: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 151 Exhibit 5 - 6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 153 Exhibit 5 - 7: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 155 Exhibit 5 - 8 : Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................... 157 Exhibit 5 - 9: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............ 159 Exhibit 5 - 10 : Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 160 Exhibit 6 - 1: General Form Information Screen ................................ ................................ ........ 163 Exhibit 6 - 2: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 164 Exhibit 6 - 3: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............ 166 Exhibit 6 - 4: Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ 169 Exhibit 6 - 5: Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ 170 Exhibit 6 - 6: Submitter Site Information Screen ................................ ................................ ........ 17 1 Exhibit 6 - 7: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......................... 173 Exhibit 6 - 8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ .......................... 174 Exhibit 6 - 9: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......................... 176 Exhibit 6 - 10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen ( Scroll 2) ................................ ........................ 177 Exhibit 6 - 11: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen ( Scroll 1) ................................ ........................ 179 Exhibit 6 - 12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen ( Scroll 2) ................................ ........................ 180 Exhibit 6 - 13: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 181 Exhibit 7 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 184 Exhibit 7 - 2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 185 Exhibit 7 - 3: Original Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 187 Exhibit 8 - 1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................. 190 Exhibit 8 - 2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................. 191 Exhibit 8 - 3: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ...................... 193 Exhibit 8 - 4: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ...................... 194 Exhibit 8 - 5: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................... 196 Exhibit 8 - 6: Technical Contact In formation Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................... 197 Exhibit 8 - 7: Statement of Intent Screen ................................ ................................ ................... 199 Exhibit 8 - 8: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 201 Exhibit 8 - 9: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 203 Exhibit 8 - 10: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ . 205 Exhibit 8 - 11: Chemical Identification I nformation Screen (Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance) . 207OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support vii Exhibit 8 - 12: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......... 210 Exhibit 8 - 13: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ .......... 211 Exhibit 8 - 14: Class 2 Substan ces Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ 213 Exhibit 8 - 15: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ 214 Exhibit 8 - 16: Polymer Identification Information Screen ................................ .......................... 217 Exhibit 8 - 17: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen ................................ ............................. 220 Exhibit 8 - 18: Use Information Screen ................................ ................................ ...................... 221 Exhibit 8 - 19: Submitter Site Identification Screen ................................ ................................ .... 223 Exhibit 8 - 20: Document Management Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 224 Exhibit 8 - 21: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 225 Exhibit 9 - 1: Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .................. 227 Exhibit 9 - 2: Add Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............................ 229 Exhibit 9 - 3: Attachments Screen ................................ ................................ ............................. 231 Exhibit 10 - 1 : Preview Biotechnology Form Screen ................................ ................................ .. 233 Exhibit 10 - 2 : Previ ew Biotechnology Form PDF ................................ ................................ ...... 234 Exhibit 10 - 3 : Preview NOC Form PDF ................................ ................................ .................... 235 Exhibit 10 - 4 : Preview Support Form PDF ................................ ................................ ................ 236 Exhibit 11 - 1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation Pop - Up Wi ndow ............................... 238 Exhibit 12 - 1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ............... 240 Exhibit 12 - 2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ............... 241OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support viii 

### Revision Log **Date Version** 

**No. Description**  **Author Reviewer**  **Review Date**  09/20 /13 0.01 Initial Draft of User Guide C. Yeh J. DeRosa P. Saari 09/20 /13OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 1 

### 1 Introduction This document presents the u ser guide for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT) Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms application submission process . This document is the user guide for the Primary Support user of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application . The Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms application is the electronic, web -based tool provided by Environmental P rotection A gency (EPA) for the submission of Section 5 Notices and Supports data. As a Primary Support , you can modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form that a Primary Authorized Official (AO) has assigned to you . For questions concerning the T oxic S ubstances C ontrol A ct (TSCA) Section 5 Notices and Supports software requirements, please contact the C entral D ata Exchange (CD X) Help Desk at helpdesk@ep acdx.net or call 1 - 888 - 890 - 1995 between the hours of 8am

– 6pm eastern standard time ( EST ) . For questions concerning the TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports reporting requirements, please contact the TSCA Hotline at TSCA - Hotline@epamail.epa.gov or call 202 - 554 - 1404 between the hours of 8:30 am

– 5:00pm EST.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 2 

### 2 System Requirements To use the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to edit a Section 5 Notice s and Support s Form the following is required :  An e - mail account  Java Script enabled web browser  Internet access  Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or higher  CDX username and password 2.1 Supported Browsers  Internet Explorer 7 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://windows.microsoft.com/en - US/internet - explorer/downloads/ie  Mozilla Firefox 3.5 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://www.mozilla.com/en - US/firefox/all - older.html  Safari 4 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://support.apple.com/kb/dl877  Google Chrome

 Go to the following link to download: http://www.google.com/chrome 2.2 Screen Resolution  Screen resolution should be set to 1024 x 768 or greater .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 3 

### 3 Primary Support Functions This section describes how to:  Access the application  Navigate the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen  Edit the Section 5 Notices and Supports Form s – Premanufacture Notice (P MN) , Biotechnology , Notice of Commencement (NOC), Support , Bona Fide, and Alternative Control Measures (ACM) 721.30  Upload an Extensible Markup Language ( XML) file The Primary Support is designated b y a Primary AO to provide supporting information on behalf of a company. A Primary Support may either be working on behalf of a United States (U . S .) - based company o r non - U . S . based company. Examples of a Primary Support may include, but are not limited to, a corporate on - site contact, a technical contact, a paid employ ee of the company, an outside consultant for the company, or an authorized representative agent for the company. Primary Supports do not have the ability to sign the certification statement r equired for the PMN form, but they

may enter or modify

data for the form for which they have access. The Primary Support does not have access rights to create or submit a PMN form. Once the Primary

AO creates a new PMN form , the Primary AO will provide the Primary Support with the passphrase to access the form and complete all sections of the PMN form . The Primary Support can edit a form that is created b y the Primary AO. The Primary

Support is only allowed to access forms to which the Primary AO has granted access. The system will allow the Primary Support to save the form at any point during the data entry process. The save functionality allows you to return to that same form at any point in the future. After the Primary

Support completes the PMN form , the Primary AO will access, review, and submit the form to EPA via CDX .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 4 Exhibit 3 - 1 displays a table of the capabilities of user roles within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application.

**Exhibit 3**  **- 1**  **Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix**

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports A pplication After you create an account in CDX and click the ‘ Primary Support ’ link for the Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs (CSPP) data flow , you will be taken to the main ‘ Chemical Information Submission System ’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 5 Exhibit 3 - 2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information Submission System’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 2**  **: Chemical Information Submission System**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** To access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, s elect ‘ TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports

– ePMN ’ from the submission ty pe drop - down menu and click the ‘ OK ’ button. 3.2 Home Screen Navigation You can access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen b y s electing ‘ TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports

– ePMN ’ from the submission ty pe drop - down menu on the ‘ Chemical In formation Submission System ’ screen and clicking the ‘ OK ’ button. The Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen is the first screen within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application. It provides you with links and tabs to access the ‘ Section 5OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 6 Notices and Supports Form s ’ and ‘ Resources ’ screens. To navi gate to any o f these screens, click the screen link (highlighted in blue text), or click the screen tab (located within the application header). The links and tabs provide the same functionality. There is a ten (10) minute logout time r for this application; the application will automatically log yo u out after ten minutes of inactivity.  **Forms:** Click the ‘ Forms ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You can create or modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form using the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen, please refer to **Section 3.3**  **.**  **Resources:** Click the ‘ Resources ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ Resources ’ screen. You can find the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide , as well as useful links for guidance documents on the ‘ Resources ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ Resources ’ screen, please refer to **Section 12**  .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 7 Exhibit 3 - 3 shows a screen capture for the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 3**  **: Section 5 Notice**  **s and Supports Home**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Forms ’ link or tab to access the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen. 3.3 Section 5 Notices and Supports Form s You can access the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen b y clicking the ‘ Forms ’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, or by clicking the ‘Forms’ tab located within the application header. Only one Section 5 Notices and Supports Form is created per form alias . The form alias is created b y the AO to identif y and differentiate a form from others. Each column with in the table of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen can be sorted b y clicking the individual column headers. **Edit a Form**  **:** To modify an existing Section 5 Notices and Supports form , click the alias link for a form that has a status of ‘ In Progress. ’ You are required to enter the passphrase created by the AO and associated with that particular form in order to access and continue editing the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 8 Refer to **Section 3.4**  f

or further instructions on viewing and modify ing a form that is ‘In Progress.’ The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen displays the following columns of information:  **Ali as**  **:** Displays the form alias provided within the ‘General Form Information , ’ ‘General Document Information,’ or ‘Contact Information’ screen. The ‘Alias’ column will display a default alias comprised of a form type , date stamp and time stamp in the following format: <Form T yp e - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > if the AO accept ed the auto - generated ‘ Form Alias’ on the first screen in a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms .  **Type:** Displays the form ty pe pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. This column can contain the following values: ‘ Primary PMN, ’ ‘ Biotechnology , ’ ‘ Support, ’ ‘NOC,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ACM . ’  **Subt ype:**  Displays the form subty pe pertaining to the ty

pe for the reported chemical substance or mixture. This column will contain one of the following values for a PMN form: ‘Mock Submission , ’ ‘ LO REX Modification , ’ ‘ LVE Modification , ’ ‘ Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption ( LOREX ) , ’ ‘ Low Volume Exemption ( LV E ) , ’ ‘ Test Marketing Exemption Application ( TMEA) , ’ ‘ Significant New Use Notice ( SNUN ) , ’ or ‘ Premanufacture Notice ( PMN ) . ’ This column will contain the following values for a Biotechnology form: ‘ Microbial Commercial Activity Notice ( MCAN ) , ’ ‘ TSCA Experimental Release Application ( TERA) , ’ ‘ Tier 1 , ’ ‘ Tier 2 , ’ or ‘ Biotechnology _Test Market Exemption ( Biotechnology _TME ) . ’ This column will contain the following values for a Support form: ‘ Amendment , ’ ‘ Test Data , ’ ‘ Transfer , ’ ‘ Withdrawal , ’ ‘ Suspension , ’ or ‘ Other Correspondence . ’ NOC, Bona Fide, and ACM forms do not have subty pes.  **Case Number:** Displays the form case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture after EPA receives the form . NOC and Support forms will display user - entered case numbers. A consolidated submission display s sequential case numbers for each chemical identified within the PMN form . Case numbers will not be sequential for joint consolidated submissions. If the form h as not been submitted and received, the field remains blank.  **Status:** Displays the status of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form. The values will display as either ‘In Progress’ or ‘Submitted.’  **Modify Date:** Displays the date the form was last modified .  **Submission Date:** Displays the date when the form was submitted to EPA via CDX. This date populates onl y after the form has been submitted .  **Export Options:** Displays ‘CSV,’ ‘Excel,’ ‘XML,’ and ‘PDF’ links for you to export the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supp orts Forms’ screen in one of the specified formats as an Excel spreadsheet, Comma - Separated Values (CSV), Extensible Markup Language, or Portable Document Format (PDF) . The export options section will not display until a form is created.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 9 Exhibit 3 - 4 shows a screen capture of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 4**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of an ‘In Progress’ form to navigate to the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen . 3.4 Enter Passphrase To edit a form click the alias link for a Section 5 Notices an d Supports form with a status of ‘ In Progress ’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. The ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen requires you to enter the passphrase that is associated with the form .  **Enter Passphrase:** Enter the passphrase supplied by the Primary

AO that was originally associated with the form .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 10 Exhibit 3 - 5 shows a screen capture of the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen: **Exhibit 3**  **- 5**  **: Enter Passphrase Screen**

**Navigation:** Enter the passphrase that the AO originally created and associated with the form and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form Information’ screen in a PMN, Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form. 3.5 Navigation Tree The navigation tree is located on the left hand side of each screen . You can perform the following functions using the navigation tree:  **Open and Close the Navigation Tree :**  To provide more visual form space, a navigation arrow ( ) that opens and closes the navigation tree is located to the right of the navigation tree . Click the arrow ( ) to close the navigation tree and increase the space of the form content. Likewise, click the arrow ( ) on the closed navigation tree to open the navigation tree.  **Collapse and Expand folders:** Each section of the form fa lls under a collapsible folder in the navigation tree , which allow s you to save space or easil y view items in the navigation tree. When the folder is expanded, y ou can click the minus sign ( - ), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to collapse that section of the n avigation tree. When the folder is collapsed, you can click the plus sign (+), the ‘Folder’ icon ( ), or the folder title link toOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 11 expand that section of the navigation tree. When you place your c ursor over the folder title link, it will highlight in red.  **Navigate between screens:** You can use the navigation tree to navigate between the various screens within the application and the different sections of the form. Each section of the form is denote d with a ‘Form’ icon ( ). You can click a ‘Form’ icon ( ) or a section title link to navigate between screens. You are required to save all information entered on a particular screen before navigating to the next screen or all entered information will be l ost. A prompt will appear after you click a link in the navigation tree indicating, ‘ Are you sure you want to leave the current page? Any unsaved changes will be lost .’ If you click the ‘ OK ’ button, you will be taken to the requested screen without saving any o f the data on the previous screen. If yo u click the ‘ Cancel ’ button, the prompt will close and y ou will not be taken to the requested screen . Exhibit 3 - 6 shows a screen capture of the navigation prompt window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 6**  **: Navigation Prompt**

 **Delete ‘**  **Chemical ’**  **folders :**  To delete specific chemical folders, a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) display s at the bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form . When a chemical folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted chemical is lost and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new chemical report by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree , and filling in all corresponding data. This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM module.  **Copy ‘Chemical’ fo lders:**  To cop y a specific chemical folder, a ‘Copy’ link displays at the bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a chemical folder is copied, the chemical name, CASRN, and attached documents are removed from the copied chemical . This cop y functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM module.  **Delete ‘**  **Submitted Controlled Operation s**  **’ or**  **‘ Operations Controlled By Others**  **’ :**  To delete a specific ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within a PMN form , a ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed at the bottom of each ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled by Others ’ folder within the navigation tree. When a ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted operation is lost and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new ‘Submitter Controlled Operation’ or ‘ Operation Controlled By Others ’ b y clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link under the appropriate folder and filling in all corresponding data . This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM modules.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 12  **Upload XML:** The system will display an ‘Upload XML’ button in the navigation tree only for PMN forms and Joint PMN forms. Exhibit 3 - 7 show s the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 3**  **- 7**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 13 Exhibit 3 - 8 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 2):

**Exh ibit**  **3 -**  **8 :**  **Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree**  **(Scroll 2)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 14 Exhibit 3 - 9 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 3):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 9**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 15 Exhibit 3 - 10 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree (Scroll 4):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 10**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 4)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 16 Exhibit 3 - 11 shows the screen capture of the Biotech nology navigation tree: **Exhibit 3**  **- 11**  **: Biotech**  **nology Navigation Tree** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 17 Exhibit 3 - 12 shows the screen capture of the NOC navigation tree :

**Exhibit 3**  **- 12**  **: Notice of Commencement (NOC)**  **Navigation Tree**

Exhibit 3 - 13 shows the screen capture of the Support navigation tree : **Exhibit 3**  **- 13**  **: Support**  **Navigation Tree**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 18 Exhibit 3 - 14 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Class 2 Substance) :

**Exhibit 3**  **- 14**  **: Bona Fide**  **Navigation Tree (Class 2 Substance)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 19 Exhibit 3 - 15 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Polymer):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 15**  **: Bona Fide**  **Navigation Tree (Polymer)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 20 Exhibit 3 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ACM navigation tree:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 16**  **: Al**  **ternative Control Measures Navigati**  **on Tree**

3.6 Action Bar The action b ar is located at the bottom of the form section on each screen. You can perform the following functions using the action b ar:  **Validate:** You can click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form. A ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window generate s when you click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays a report of all warning messages and validation errors that failed validation. On screens that display an expandable /collapsible field set , you must click the ‘Save’ button display ed within the expandable /collapsible field set to save the information entered within the field set before the ‘Validate’ functionality initiates . Refer to **Section 11**  for more information on validatin g a form . The following exhibits , Exhibit 3 - 17 , Exhibit 3 - 18 , and Exhibit 3 - 19 sh ow the screen captures for the action b ar: **Exhibit 3**  **- 17**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Validate** 

 **Save:** You can click the ‘ Save ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . After you click the ‘ Save ’ icon ( ), yo u will receive a prompt indicating that all data entered in the form has been saved successfully . The save function does not validate any data entered. On screens that display an expandable /collapsible field set , you must click the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable /collapsible field set to save the information entered within the field set before being able to click the ‘Save’ icon located within the action bar, or use the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons to navigate to another page . Clicking the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons on a form will also save the data entered within a form . Clicking the ‘X’ button in the upper - right corner of the form in your browser will automatically

close the form without saving , and will not display a warning message regarding unsaved data .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 21 **Exhibit 3**  **- 18**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Save** 

 **Preview:** You can click the ‘ Preview ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to preview the form . After you click the ‘ Preview ’ icon ( ), you will be given the option to view a full version of the PDF or a sanitized version of the PDF. A full version of the PDF displays all information entered into a PMN form. A sanitized version of the PDF will display ‘XXX’ for fields marked as confidential business information ( CBI) in the PMN form. Choosing either option will display and display a watermarked PDF version of the form . The watermarked PDF can display in a separate window depending on the individual browser settings . **Exhibit 3**  **- 19**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Preview** 

 **Help Links:** You can click any of the Help links at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . This does not affect the current form you are working on , as the link s generate in a separate browser window.

 If you click the ‘ CDX Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Homepage.

 If you click the ‘ MyCDX Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Login screen .

 If you click the ‘ EPA Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the EPA Homepage.

 If you click the ‘ Terms and Conditions ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Terms and Conditions screen.

 If you click the ‘ Privacy Notice ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Privacy and Security Notice screen. Exhibit 3 - 20 shows the screen capture of the action bar ‘Help’ links: **Exhibit 3**  **- 20**  **: A ction Ba**  **r –**  **Links** 3.7 Attach Documents The ‘Attach Document’ button is display ed on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form and provides functionality for you to attach supporting documents where needed. You can access the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 22 button displayed on a screen. You will select the file to be attached and enter information about the description, number of pages, and CBI status of the fi le. The system allows you to claim the uploaded document as CBI. If you claim a document as CBI, the system requires you to upload the sanitized version of the attached document. If the sanitized version of the document is not provided, the Section 5 Noti ces and Supports form will fail validation upon navigating away from the ‘Attach Documents’ window. . If yo u wish to change a CBI attachment to be non - CBI b y un - checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox , a warning will appear to notify you that un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ chec kbox will delete the sanitized file. If you neglect to populate a required field and click the ‘OK’ button, an error message will display to indicate the missing field and the application will delete the previously attached files . After you upload a document to be attached, the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window will close and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the screen that displayed the ‘Attach Documents’ button . Depending on the screen, the attachment table may display the section of the page the file is associated with, the file name and file extension of the document, a description of the document , the number of pages in the document, and whether the document was claimed as CBI ..  **Type:** Select the document ty pe of the document that you upload. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Aquatic Ecotoxicity,’ ‘Chemical Structure Diagram,’ ‘Fate,’ ‘GPC,’ ‘Genetic Toxicity,’ ‘Health Toxicity,’ ‘IES Report,’ ‘Safety Datasheet,’ and ‘Terrestrial Ecotoxicity.’ This is a required field.  **Subtype:** Select the subty pe of the document that you upload. This drop - down menu contains the following values, which are grouped under specific document types: ‘Partitioning (e.g., Koc, Kd, Kow, Koa, Henry ’s law constant),’ ‘Hydrol ys is ,’ ‘Fugacity,’ ‘Photolysis,’ ‘Monitoring data (e.g. air, water, soil, biota, human),’ ‘Biodegradation,’ ‘Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors (BCF/BAF),’ ‘Material Safety Data Sheet/Safety

Data Sheet (MSDS/SDS),’ ‘Technical Datasheet,’ ‘Ey e Irr itation,’ ‘Combined Repeated - Dose/Developmental/Reproductive Toxicity ,’ ‘Sensitization,’ ‘Carcinogenicity,’ ‘Repeated - Dose Toxicity,’ ‘Neurotoxicity,’ ‘Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Developmental Toxicity,’ ‘Pharmacokinetics/Metabolism,’ ‘Dermal Irritation,’ ‘Reproduc tive Toxicity,’ ‘Fish Chronic Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Invertebrate Chronic Toxicity,’ ‘Algae Toxicity,’ ‘Fish Acute Toxicity,’ ‘Chromosomal Aberrations Assay,’ ‘Unscheduled DNA Sy nthesis,’ ‘Genetic Mutation Assay,’ ‘Plant Toxicity ,’ ‘Inv ertebrate Toxicity,’ ‘Avian Toxicity,’ and ‘Other.’ This is a required field if available.  **Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to display the ‘File Upload’ window for y ou to search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one o f the following file ty pes: .pdf, .mol, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, .embl . This is a required field.  **Description:** Enter the description associated with the document. Submitters should not include any CB I information in the description of the file information. This is a required field.  **Number of Pages:** Enter the number of pages that a document has. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 23  **Check to claim the attachment as CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the atta ched document as confidential . Un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox for a CBI document display s a warning notify

ing you that un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox will delete the sanitized file.  **Sanitized Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to display the ‘File Upload’ window to search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following file ty pes: .pdf, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, .embl . For any attached document claimed as CBI, you will be required to attach a sanitized version of the document .  **Cancel:** Click the button to cancel the attach document process.  **OK:** Click the button to attach and link the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window to the form . If a field is missing, a warning will display notifying you that all attachments must be re - attached and the missing field must be populated .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 24 Exhibit 3 - 21 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attach Documents’ window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 21**  **: At** **tach Documents Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon in the upper right - hand corner to cancel the document attachment process. Click the ‘OK’ button to attach the document to the form and navigate back to the original screen from which the document attachment process was initiated.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 25 3.8 Search Substa nce Registry Services (SRS) The ‘ Search SRS’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify

any chemicals that may

be stored in Substance Registry Services ( SRS ) . **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘ Search SRS’ button to display the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window . You can search for the reported chemical(s) by either the ‘ Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number ’ or ‘ CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m .’ The s ys tem allows you to claim the chemical substance(s) as CBI. If zero results are retrieve d , the s ys tem provides the option of entering manual chemical information by clicking the ‘Create New Chemical’ button. The system allows you to enter each chemical b y clicking the ‘O K’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Search SRS ’ window which is displayed when SRS successfully returns chemical results . Once you enter all known ch emical information and click the ‘OK’ button, the chemical information saves and populates into the ch emical description table. The ‘ Actions ’ column of the ‘Chemical’ table allows yo u to delete chemicals that have been added.  **CASRN:** Enter the CASRN of the chemical. Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m’ field is required when searching SRS .  **CA Index Name or Other Synonym:** Enter the chemical abstract ‘( CA) Index Name or Other Sy nony m ’ of the chemical . This field displays the following options: ‘Matches Exactly,’ ‘Contains,’ and ‘Begins With.’ Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m’ field is required when searching SRS.  **Search:** Click the button to initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m for the desired chemical.  **Create New Chemical:** Click the button to display the ‘Chemical Not Found I n Su bstance Registry Services’ pop -up window.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 26 Exhibit 3 - 22 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 22**  **: Search**  **Substance Registry Services Window**

**Nav igation:**  Click the ‘Search’ button on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window to initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA I ndex Name or Other Synony m. After SRS returns results, select the chemical, click the ‘OK’ button on the ‘Search SRS’ window, close the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window, and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 27 Click the ‘Create New Chemical’ button to display the ‘Chemical Not F ound In Substance Registry Services’ window and enter chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and CASRN under the manual entry field set.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the entered chemical as confidential . The ‘CBI’ checkbox will no t be displayed on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window for the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances,’ ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation,’ and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen.  **Chemical Name:** Enter the chemical name. This is a required field.  **CASRN:** Enter the manually entered CASRN , if available .  **Maximum Percent:** Enter the maximum percentage for the impurit y. This field is displayed only in the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ win dow on the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window.  **OK:** Clic k the ‘OK’ button to enter the manually entered chemical information into the fields on the screen from which the SRS search was initiated.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 28 Exhibit 3 - 23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 23**  **: Chemical Not Found In Substance**  **Registry Services Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘OK’ button to save the manually entered chemical information and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated. Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window. Click the ‘X’ located in the upper right corner to close the pop -up window and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 29 3.9 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search The ‘FRS Search’ button is displayed on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ screen and the ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others ’ screen within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify the sites for which you will be reporting . Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ window . You will be able to search for a site by ‘EPA Registry ID, ’ ‘ Facility Name,’ ‘Facility

Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘ Postal Code .’ When the results are found, y ou will be able to add a new site by selecting from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site through the manual entry fields. The s ys tem allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI.  **EPA Registry ID:** Enter the EPA Registry ID. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned .  **Facility Name:** Enter the facility name . At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned .  **Facility Address:** Enter the facility address . At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned .  **City:** Enter the facility city . At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned .  **State:** Enter the facility state . At least one search parameter must be entere d in order for results to be returned.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the facility postal code . At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the facility information as confidential .  **Site Alias:**  Enter the site alias . This is a required field if a joint submission is being filed.  **Search:** Cli ck the button to initiate EPA’s FRS search .  **Add Manual Entry:** Click the button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop -up window.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 30 Exhibit 3 - 24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 24**  **: Facility Registry System Search Windo**  **w**

**Navigation:** Select the radio button next t o the site you wish to identify - only one site may

be selected at a time. Click the ‘Add FRS Entry ’ button that is displayed when FRS successfully returns results to input the selected site from the ‘FRS Search’ r esults to the screen from which yo u initiated the FRS search. Click the ‘Add Manual Entry ’ button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry ’ pop -up window.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 31  **Site Name:** Enter the site name. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Addr ess 1:**  Enter the first line of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the site.  **City:** Enter the city of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **State:** Select the state of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Postal Code:** Enter th e postal code of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manuall y entered site is being added.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the manually entered site as confidential.  **Site Alias:** Enter the site alias for the manually ente red site. This is a required field if a joint submission is being filed.  **Cancel:** Click the button to navigate back to the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop -up window.  **OK:** Click the button to populate the entered site information into the table display e d on the screen from which you initiate the FRS search .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 32 Exhibit 3 - 25 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Add Manual Entry ’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 25**  **: Ad**  **d Manual Entry**  **Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search FRS’ pop -up window. Click the ‘ OK ’ button to add the manually entered site information to the site fields on the screen from which you initiate d the FRS search .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 33 

### 4 Edit Premanufacture Notice Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical substance for a non - exempt commercial purpo se is required by Section 5 of TSCA to provide EPA with notice before initiating the activity, known as a PMN form . This PMN must be submitted at least 90 days prior to the manufacture or import of the chemical. 4.1 Edit PMN Form To edit a PMN form , navigate t o the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a form with a status of ‘In Progress . ’ Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 4.2 General Form Information You can access the ‘ General Form Information ’ screen b y accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form . The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides fields to input identify ing information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘ Form Alias’ to ident ify the form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when yo u must differentiate between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the system will display

the alias selected by

the Primary

AO. The auto - generated default alias is comprised of a form ty

pe , date stamp and time stamp in the following format: <Form T yp e YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone >. If you select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ or ‘Signif icant New Use Notice (SNUN)’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, the ‘Pay ment ID’ and the ‘Toxic Substance (TS) Number’ fields are required. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen. If yo u select ‘SNUN’ from the ‘T ype of Notice’ drop - down menu, it is recommended that a cover letter be provided. Otherwise, a warning message will display during validation of the form. If yo u are not filing a PMN or SNUN, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent In formation’ s creen. If ‘Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA)’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. The ‘PMN Identification’ section provides fields for you to enter informat ion about other communications with EPA by entering a TS number and Pay ment ID. The TS number is determined b y the company to identify

the form for both pay

ments and connecting related submissions when additional communications ( Letters of Support , Joint S ubmissions , and corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE number has been assigned . The TS number can be any six (6) character alphanumeric combination . The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four ( 4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words an d numerical series are not recommended. A unique identification number for the form will display later if a Letter of Support or Joint Submission is being filed . The ‘Pay ment ID’ is a user supplied alphanumeric value that corresponds to the method of trans actions that you used to submit the user fee (a check number, a wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number) . The ‘Pay ment ID’ is a required field when a user is filing a PMN or SNUN.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 34 The ‘Test Data’ section provides checkboxes to identify data that is included in the ty pe of notice yo u selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu. The following values will display as checkboxes: ‘ Environmental fate data ,’ ‘ Health effects data ,’ ‘ Environmental effects data ,’ ‘ Physical/Chemical properties ,’ ‘ Risk assessments ,’ ‘ Structure/Activity relationships ,’ ‘ Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter ,’ and ‘Other data .’ You are required to submit all test data in y our possession or control and to provide a description of all other data kn own to or reasonably ascertainable b y you, if these data are related to the health and environmental effec ts on the manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. Standard literature citations may be subm itted for data in the open scientific literature. Complete test data (written in English), not summaries of data, must be submitted if they do not appear in the open literature. You should clearly identi fy whether test data is on the substance or on an ana log. In addition , the chemical composition of the tested material should be characterized. The ‘ Identify

whether any

of the below options apply ’ section provides checkboxes for you to indicate how interactions with other companies occur within the form. I f the company is filing a Joint Submission , a folder display s within the navigation tree for y ou to enter information concerning the Joint Submission . The unique identification number will be displaye d and sent to the joint submitter by

the primary submitter and will link the two forms together. You will also be able to indicate that a Letter of Support is expected with the PMN form . The Letter of Support will be submitted by

a Secondary AO , with a unique identification number linking the forms . If you are filing a PMN or SNUN, you will be taken to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen upon clicking the ‘Next’ button . If you are not filing a PMN or SNUN, you are taken to the ‘Agent In formation’ screen upon clicking the ‘Next’ button .  **Form Alias:**  Displays the form alias created by the Primary

AO. This is an editable field that can be modified if necessary. This is a required field .  **Type of Notice :**  Select a value to capture the ty pe of notice for the PMN form. Valid values include: ‘ Premanufacture Not ice (PMN), ’ ‘ Significant New Use Notice (SNUN) , ’ ‘ Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA), ’ ‘ Lo w Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 723.50 (c )(1), ’ ‘ Lo w Release/Low Exposure Exe mption (LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50( c)(2), ’ ‘ LVE Modification, ’ ‘ LOREX Modification, ’ and ‘ Mock Submission. ’ A Mock Submission is an enforcement case where the chemical was manufactured /imported in the past and is not currentl y being manufactured/imported by the company. This is a required field.  **TS Number :**  Enter the TS numb er relating to the PMN form ; this field a ccepts any six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four ( 4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended. This field is required if ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu .  **Payment ID :**  The ‘ Pay ment ID ’ can be entered as free text , but refers to a check number, wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number used to transmit a fee electronically . This field is required if either ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop down menu.  **Environmental Fate Data :**  Check the ‘Environmental fate data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains environmental fate data .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 35  **Health Effects Data :**  Check the ‘Health effects data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains health effects data .  **Environmental Effects Data :**  Check the ‘Environmental effects data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains environmental effects data .  **Physical/Chemical Properties :**  Check the ‘Physical/Chemical properties’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains physical/chemical properties data .  **Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter :**  Check the ‘Test data not in the possess ion or control of the submitter’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains test data not in the possession or control of the submitter .  **Risk Assessments**  **:** Check the ‘Risk assessments’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains risk assessments data .  **Structure /Activity Relationships**  **:** Check the ‘Structure/Activity relationships’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains structure/activity relationships data .  **Other Data**  **:** Check the ‘Other data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains other ty pes o f data .  **Check here if you are filing a joint PMN**  **:** Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint PMN’ checkbox to indicate that a form is pending a joint PMN form . A ‘Joint Submission’ folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General Form Information’ screen .  **Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending**  **:** Check the ‘Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending ’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a Letter of Support . A ‘Letter of Support’ folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ butt on on the ‘General Form Information’ screen .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 36 Exhibit 4 - 1 show s the screen capture of the ‘ General Form Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 37 Exhibit 4 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 2**  **: General Form Information**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** If you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘User Fees Certification’ link within the navigation tree. If yo u are not fil ing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.3 User Fees Certification You can access the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen by selecting ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu and clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General FormOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 38 In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Save’ icon located within the bottom ac tion bar and clicking the ‘ User Fees Certification ’ link within the navigation tree. The purpose of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen is to inform EPA of how the user fees were paid. You will have three (3) options to select from to notify EPA which us er fee was remitted . A company will indicate whether ‘$100’ was submitted for a small business, ‘$1 , 000’ was submitted for an intermediate PMN, or ‘$2 , 500’ was submitted for a large business. You can find the specifics of which category to file under b y reviewing 40 Code of Federal Regulations ( CFR) Section 700.  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $2500 specified in 40 CFR 700.45(b)**  **:** Select this radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $2,500. One of the three user fee options must be selected .  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $1,000 for**  **Intermediate PMN (defined @ 40 CFR 700.43) in accordance with 40 CF R 700.45(b)**  **:** Select this radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $1,000. One of the three user fee options must be selected .  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A is a small business concern under 40 CFR 700.43 and**  **has remitted a fee of $100 in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b) :**  Select this radio button to identify

whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $100. One of the three user fee options must be selected.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 39 Exhibit 4 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ User Fees Certification ’ screen : **Exhibit 4**  **- 3**  **: User Fees Certification**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ Agent Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.4 Agent Information You can access the ‘ Agent In formation’ screen b y clicking the ‘N ext’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen if you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ Click the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree to access this screen . The ‘Agent Information’ screen displays information regarding all parties involved in populating the PMN form. The agent should be a person who can answer questions about the form. The ‘ Agent Information ’ screen displays an ‘Add Agent’ button that displays the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window that displays the fields for you to input the agent information. Previously entered contacts are displayed in the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent Information’ screen. The table provides functionality for you to delete an agent by clicking the delete icon locatedOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 40 under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit agent information, click the agent name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column to display the previously entered agent information display in the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window .  **Add Agent:**  Click this button to display the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window , which provides fields for you to enter agent contact information.  **Last Name:**  Displays th e last name of the reported agent. Click the last name link to edit the agent information .  **First Name:**  Displays the first name of the reported agent.  **Address :**  Displays the address of the reported agent.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of the agent information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific agents . A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the agent information. Exhibit 4 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Agent Information ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 4**  **: Ag**  **ent Information Screen** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 41 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Agent’ button to begin the process of adding agent information. Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within th e navigation tree. You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Agent ’ window . The ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window displays the fields for you to input the contact information for an agent. The system provides functionality to enter multiple agents . If yo u are the agent , click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the agent information with your user information entered during CDX registration. The system provides yo u with the option to claim the agent information as confidential b y checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each agent will have an individual CBI claim. After entering information for an agent, and click the ‘OK’ button , which will populate the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent Information’ screen.  **Co py**  **CDX Registration :**  Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during CDX registration . The s ys tem displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information .  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim agent information as confidential .  **First Name:**  Enter the agent’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the field s populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Last Name:**  Enter the agent’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Position :**  Enter the agent’ s job title.  **Company Name:**  Enter the agent’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Phone Number**  **:** Enter the agent’s day time phone number: United States ( U.S. ) or international . D ashes are not allowed in this field. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Email Address:**  Enter the agent’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered durin g CDX registration.  **Mailing Address 1:**  Enter the first line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Regis tration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **State :**  Select the state of the agent’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with inform ation entered during CDX registration.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 42  **Postal Code**  **:** Enter the postal code of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Country :**  Select the country of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. Exhibit 4 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Agent’ window: **Exhibit 4**  **- 5**  **: Ad**  **d A gent Windo** **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon in the upper right - hand corner to stop the process of entering agent information and return back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen without populating agent information . Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered agent information in the agent info rmation table and navigate back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 43 4.5 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact In formation ’ link within the navigation tree. The technical c ontact should be able to answer, or obtain answers to, questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form . The technical c ontact does not hav e to physicall y work at the site reported on the form , but must be readily available by phone or email. The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button that displays the ‘ Add Technical Contact ’ pop -up window . The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window presents fields for you to input the technical contact information. The technical contacts table located on the bottom of the screen displays the information entered for each technical contact through the ‘Add Technical Con tact’ window . The table provides functionality

for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column to display the previously

entered technical contact information in the ‘Technical Contact Information’ pop -up window .  **Add Technical**  **Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to display the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window , which provides fie lds for you to enter technical contact information.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the last name link to edit the technical contact information .  **First Name:**  Displays the first name of the reported technical con tact.  **Address :**  Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of the technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete specific technical contacts . A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the technical contact information.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 44 Exhibit 4 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 6**  **: Technical Contact**  **Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submis sion In formation’ link within the navigation tree. You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window . The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window displays the fields for you to input the information for a technical contact. The system provides functionality to enter multiple technical contacts. If you are the technical contact , click the ‘ Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the technical contact information with your user information entered dur ing CDX registration . The s ys tem provides you with the option to claim the technical contact information as confidential b y checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each technical contact will have an individual CBI claim. After entering the information for a technical contact , click the ‘ OK’ button , which will populate the technical contacts table located on the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ screen .  **Copy CDX Registration**  **:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during CDX registration. The s ys tem displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 45  **Check here to claim this information as CB**  **I:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential.  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields popula te with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name**  **:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration . This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the technical contact’s job title.  **Company Name:**  Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX regis tration. This is a required field.  **Phone Number**  **:** Enter the technical contact’s day time United States (U.S. ) phone number. Dashes are not allowed in this field. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information en tered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:**  Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Reg istration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **State :**  Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code**  **:** Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Country :**  Displays ‘United States.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 46 Exhibit 4 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window: **Exhibit 4**  **- 7**  **: Ad**  **d Technical**  **Contact Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon at the top left corner of the window to return to the Technical Contact Information screen without saving the technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and navigat e back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 47 4.6 Additional Submission Information You can access the ‘Additional Submission I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen. You can also access this s creen b y clicking the ‘Additional Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Additional Submission I nforma tion’ screen gather s resources concerning the PMN form that references generic information for the form that allows EPA to set a b ase point for the project. The ‘ Prenotice Communication Number ’ is a number given to a user during past communication with EPA. This number is required if y ou are filing a consolidated PMN. EPA must approve all consolidated PMN forms prior to submission. EPA uses the ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ in a case number format to continue the link of past, current, and future documents. This number allows EPA to associate previous renditions of the current submission in the PMN process. The ‘Bona Fide Int ent Notice Number’ is listed to show the compan y previously contacted EPA to determine whether the chemical in question was previously listed on the TSCA inventory. On this screen, a company must also declare whether the newly registered chemical will be manufactured or imported. You will have the option to select ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ and depending on whether the company onl y intends to do one or both of the available options, the system provides ‘Binding’ checkboxes to indicate a binding option. The binding option demonstrates that you intend to only do the one option selected and would be willing to legall y bind to that situation if EPA chooses to reg ulate that chemical. The purpose of the binding option is to enable EPA (if necessary ) to efficiently negotiate with a PMN submitter the development of §5(e) consent orders and promulgate Significant New Use Rules (SNUR) for those new chemical substances that the Agency determines may

present an unreasonable risk if certain control actions are not implemented. This option is intended to reduce delays that can slow the development of consent orders absent such agreement. At one time, SNUR were limited to env ironmental release activities and certain industrial, commercial, or consumer activities, but now they can include other important activities, such as protection in the workplace and hazard communications. Control measures instituted by the submitter to re duce exposures and/or releases of the substance may have a direct bearing on the Agency 's conclusions regarding risk. Therefore, you may wish to indicate your willingness to be bound to certain submitted information on the form , which rel ates to the issue of potential risk such as use, production volume, protective equipment, engineering controls, and/or process description. By indicating yo ur willingness to make these commitments, y ou would be indicating an interest in future negotiations if the Agency dee ms them necessary .  **Prenotice Communication Number**  **- None:**  Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ to indicate that there is no prenotice communication number ; the field s will become hidden on the page . Un - check the ‘None’ checkb ox to re - display the ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ field s .  **Prenotice Communication Number**  **:** Enter the prenotice communication number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘Form’ i con ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry. ClickOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 48 the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. This field is required if a form is a consolidated submission.  **Prenotice Communication Num**  **ber -**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual prenotice communication number as confidential.  **Previously Submitted Notice Number**  **- None:**  Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Previously

Submitted Notice Number’ to indicate that there is no previously submitted notice number ; the field s will become hidden on the page . Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - display the ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ field s .  **Previously Submitted Notice Number:**  Enter the previously submitted notice number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. This number must be entered in a case number format and accepts alphanumeric characters and dashes. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to e dit an individual entry . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.  **Previously Submitted Notice Number**  **- CBI**  **:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox t o claim an individual previously

submitted notice number as confidential.  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number**  **- None:**  Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ to indicate that there is no bona fide intent notice number ; the field s will become hidden on the page . Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - display the ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ field s .  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number:**  Enter the bona fide intent notice number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘Sav e’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add entries. This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number**  **– CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual bona fide intent notice number as confidential.  **Manufacture :**  Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to claim the intent to manufacture.  **Manu facture**  **– Binding**  **:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to manufacture information as binding.  **Import :**  Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to claim the intent to import.  **Import –**  **Binding :**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to import information as binding.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 49 Exhibit 4 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 8**  **: Ad**  **ditional Submission Information Screen**

**Navigati on:**  If you are not filing a Joint PMN or Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. I f you are submitting a Joint Submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you have a Lett er of Support pending and are not submitting a joint submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 50 4.7 Joint Submitter Information You can access the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Sub mitter Information’ link within the navigation tree . Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree to add an additional joint submitter; a maximum of two joint submitters may

be listed in a PMN form. The ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ s creen is used to enter contact information regarding the joint submitter that will be submitting separate information regarding the PMN form . The joint submitter will be sent the unique identification number by the primary AO . The provided email address will be used to send the joint submitter the unique identification number.  **Check here to claim this information as**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter contact infor mation as confidential. When you claim CBI , you are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public.  **First Name**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s last name. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the joint submitter’s job title .  **Company Name**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s company name . This is a required field .  **Phone Number**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s day time U.S. phone number . Dashes are not allowed in this field. This is a required field .  **Email Address**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s email address . The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1**  **:** Enter the first line of the joint submitter’s mailing address . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the joint submitter’s mailing address .  **City :**  Enter the city

of the joint submitter’s mailing address . This is a required field.  **State :**  Select the state of the joint submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **Postal Code**  **:** Enter the postal code of the joint submitter’s mailing address . This is a required field.  **Country :**  Displays ‘United States.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 51 Exhibit 4 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 9**  **: Joint Submitter**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.8 Joint Submission Information You can access the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen displays fields that capture information that will be pass ed on to the joint submitter. A text box is used by the Primary

AO or Primary Agent/Consultant to send information to the joint submitter in an unencrypted email . A ‘Unique Id entifier for Joint Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number display s when a user declares a joint submis sion is being established.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 52 **Joint Submission Process:** When a Primary AO, Primary

Agent/Consultant, or Primary Support designate s that a joint submission is being filed, you will be asked to enter contact information for a joint submitter . When the Primary AO or Primary Agent/Consultant navigates to the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen, the Primary AO or Primary Agent/Consultant can choose to send an email to the joint submitter identified on the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen. The email will cont ain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. When the joint submitter (Secondary AO or Secondary

Agent/Consultant) accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a new form, the joint submitter will be prompte d to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique identification number has been entered, the system will link the primary and joint forms. The original notice will not undergo a review process until all forms h ave been received.  **Joint Submission Information :**  Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the joint submitter .  **Unique Identification**  **for Joint Submission :**  The unique identification number is a random number generated to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission .  **Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission** : Click the link to display the unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification nu mber to the joint submitter.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 53 Exhibit 4 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 10**  **: Joint**  **Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access the unique identifier notification pop -up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if y ou are not filing a Letter of Support form. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen if you are submitting a Letter of Support. You can also n avigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.8.1 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 54 The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification windo w displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From :**  Displays the email a ddress of the Primary AO who created the form .  **CC :**  This field automatically populates with the email address of the user who created the original form and the email address of the technical contact . Enter in additional email addresses if necessary .  **To :**  Contains instructional text for y ou to enter multiple emai l addresses . Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen; this email address will be pre -populated upon navigating to the unique identifier notification window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to.  **Subject :**  Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN ’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed.  **Message :**  Displays a pre - determined message that will be contained in the email sent to a joint submitter .  **Additional Comments:**  Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be passed onto the joint submitter .  **Send :**  Click the ‘Send’ button to g enerate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 55 Exhibit 4 - 11 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 11**  **: Unique**  **Identifier Notification Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right - hand corner to exit the screen without sen ding the email and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission In formation’ screen .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 56 4.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation ’ link within the navigation tree. If you are only filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission In formation’ screen to n avigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen . Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. An unlimited number of Letters of Supports can be identified for each form. Click the ‘Remove’ li nk ( ) within the navigation tree to delete a Letter of Support . The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen is used to enter contact information for the Letter of Support submitter who will be submitting separate information for the PMN form . Th e provided email address will be used to send the Letter of Support submitter the unique identification number to create the Letter of Support.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Support submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title .  **Company Name:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international day time phone numb er; dashes are not allowed in this field. This is a required field .  **Email Address:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.D oe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1**  **:** Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.  **Postal Code**  **:** Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address . This is a required field.  **Country :**  Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 57 Exhibit 4 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 12**  **: Letter of Support Submitter**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen . You can also access this scr een by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.10 Letter of Support Submission Information You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Lett er of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen displays fields that capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter. A field titled ‘Special In formation’ is used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent b y the primary

submitter. A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will alsoOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 58 display on this screen. The unique identification number display s when you declare a Letter of Support is being established. **Letter of Support Submission Process:** When you designate that a Letter of Support is pending, you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support’ folder. When the primary

submitter chooses to, the s ys tem will send an email to the Letter of Support submitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. The email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two form s. When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and clicks the ‘Start New Form’ button, the Letter of Support submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase ’ screen. Once the unique identification number has been entered, the sys tem will link the primary and Letter of Support forms. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra L etters of Support as needed.  **Letter of Support**  **Submission Information Instructions:** Enter the information that the Primary AO, Primary

Agent/Consultant, or Primary Support is sending to the Letter of Support submitter .  **Unique Identification Number:**  Th e unique identification number is a random number generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support form .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 59 Exhibit 4 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 13**  **: Letter of Support**  **Submission Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link to navigate to the unique identifier notification pop -up window. If you are filing two or more Letters of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigat e to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ screen. If you are already on the second Letter of Support folder, or are only filing one Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Chemical Id entification’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 60 4.10.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary S ubmitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for yo u to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From :**  Displays the email address of the Primary AO that created the form .  **CC :**  This automatically populates with the email address of the Primary AO that created the form and the email address of the technical contact . This is an editable field; enter any additional email addresses if necessary.  **To :**  Contains i nstructional text for you to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the unique identifier notification window . Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to.  **Subject :**  Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN ’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed.  **Message :**  Displays a pre - determined message that will be sent in the email to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:**  Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be passed onto the Letter of Support submitter .  **Send :**  Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email address identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 61 Exhibit 4 - 10 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 14**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support Submitter and navigate back to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon to exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Sup port Submission In formation’ screen . 4.11 Chemical Identification You can navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen if you have not identified a joint submitter and/orOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 62 Letter of Support submitter. You can access this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen if you have identified a joint submitter. You can navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Su pport Submission I nformation’ screen if you have identified a Letter of Support submitter. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Chemical Identification’ screen identifies th e ty pe of chemical the submitter will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a PMN form for a class 1 or 2 chemical substance or a poly

mer. Based on your selection, the appropriate screens for the respective chemical will appear. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar or clicking the ‘Next’ button will display the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Poly me r’ radio button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar or clicking the ‘Next’ button will display the ‘Pol ym er Identification I nformation’ screen and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen within the navigation tree. This screen provide s a field to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The alias is a field that will rename the chemical folder within the navigation tree. The chemical alias is only required if a Joint Submission or Letter of Support is being filed. The alias field will allow you to identify chemicals in a consolidated chemical submission.  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance :**  Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button to indicate that the chemical ty pe is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the ‘Poly m er’ radio button after selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the application display s an error message warning y ou that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. Selecting a chemical type is required.  **Polymer :**  Select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical ty pe is a poly

mer. If yo u select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after selecting the ‘Pol ym er’ radio button, the application display s an error message warning you t hat you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. Selecting a chemical ty pe is required.  **Chemical Alias**  **:** Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical. This field will auto generate a chemical alias in the navigation tree i f this field is left blank. This field is required if the form is pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 63 Exhibit 4 - 15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen : **Exhibit 4**  **- 15**  **: Chemical Identification Screen**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. If you selected the ‘Polymer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polym er Id entification Information’ link within the navigation tree . Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to add a consolidated chemical. 4.12 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances You can access this screen if you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identi fication’ screen and clicked the ‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information describing the chemical for which the PMN is to be filed. This screen will outline the uniqueOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 64 chemical properties that show the name, composition, and structure of the chemical. The s ys tem provides fields for you to identify several key aspects concerning a chemical’s identity . For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application display s an expandable/collapsible field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, create another field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more che micals are always generated together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application display s a field set containing numerous fields for yo u to enter information pertaining to that particular chemi cal. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. For a consolidated submission, create and identify chemicals in separate chemical folders b y clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. For a class 1 substance chemical structure diagr am, provide a complete and correct chemical structure diagram. A class 1 structural diagram should clearly and completely indicate the identity of the atoms and the nature and location of the bonds joining the atoms. Provide ionic charges and known stereo chemical details. Carbon atoms in ring sys tems do not need to be explicitly shown. For a class 2 substance chemical structure diagram: 1) List the immediate precursor substances with their respective CASRN . 2) Describe the nature of the reaction or process. 3) Indicate the range of composition and the ty pical composition (where appropriate). 4) Provide a correct representative or partial chemical structure diagram, as complete as can be known, if one can be reasonably ascertained. Provide partial, complete, or re presentative structural diagrams to the extent possible. The diagram should indicate the characteristic or variable compositional structural components of the substance. If you are unsure of the exact structure, provide the best information you have and in dicate that it is your best estimate of the chemical structure.  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display the class 1 or 2 chemical substances expandable/collapsible field set .  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located i n the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message display s to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 65  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **B.1.a Class of Substance:** In section B.1.a, you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. A subs tance class must be selected.  **Class 1:** Select the ‘Class 1’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A ‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entit y that can be represented by a single, definite structural diagram.  **Class 2:** Sel ect the ‘Class 2’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 2’ substance. A ‘Class 2’ substance is a substance whose composition cannot be represented by a single, definite chemical structural diagram. Class 2 substances include substances of unkno wn, variable, or uncertain composition, complex mixtures or reaction products, or well - defined substances without specific structures. A ‘Class 2 Substances’ link will displays within the navigation tree after clicking the ‘  **B.1.a Class of Substance -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Class of Substance’ as confidential.  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional information regarding the search SRS functionality .  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window, if applicable.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop -up window. For class 1 substances, a ‘Chemical Abstracts (CA) Index Name’ must be provided. For class 2 substances either a ‘CA Index Name’ or ‘CA Preferr ed Name’ must be provided, whichever is appropriate based on current CA nomenclature rules and conventions. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidential. Checking this checkbox display s the ‘Generic chem ical name’ text box.  **B.6 Generic Chemical Name:**  Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field only displays when ‘CASRN’ and ‘Chemical Name’ are marked as ‘CBI.’ This is a required field if the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked .  **B.1.c ID Method** : In section B.1.c , you identify the ID method. An ID method must be selected.  **Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service):** Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS I nventory Expert Service (IES) method and display the ‘IES Order #’ field. A copy of the identification report obtained from the CAS Inventory

Expert Services must be submitted as an attachment to this notice; an IES report is required. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical.  **Method 2 (Other Method):** Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to identify the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as aOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 66 Scientific and Technical Information Network (STN) database report or a CAS Client Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ The chemical can only be ‘Method 2’ if the consolidated submission is pending a Letter of Support.  **IES Order #:** Enter the IE S order number of the report. This field only displays when the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected. This is a required field when displayed .  **B.1.d Molecular Formula:**  Enter the molecular formula associated with a chemical. T he molecular formula must give the correct identity and number of atoms of each element contained in the PMN molecule or a description if the substance is a class 2 material. The system will not allow subscripts and superscripts to be used. This is a requi red field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Molecular Formula’ data as confidential.  **B.1.e Chemical Structure Diagram –**  **Select Section:**  Select the section of the page with which the file is associated that y ou intend to attach from the drop - do wn menu. This drop down menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ This field is required to upload an attachment.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the file is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window. Click the file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to view and/ or edit an attached document.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click thi s button and successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 67 Exhibit 4 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 16**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 68 Exhibit 4 - 17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 17**  **: Cla**  **ss 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also access this sc reen b y clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 4.13 Class 2 Substances You can access the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen by selecting the ‘Class 2’ radio button for the ‘Class of Substance’ field on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance s’ screen and clicking theOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 69 ‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen captures information regarding a class 2 chemical substance. A class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has been identified. This screen provides fields to identify specific elements in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reac tion,’ and ‘Range of Composition.’ Enter precursor substances by searching SRS or using manual entry when the substance is not in SRS. The selected substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN.’ The system provides fields to c apture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed as CBI.  **B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances:** Captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs.  **B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances --**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the precursor substances information as confidential.  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS ’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click the ‘Chemical Name’ link to display the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window to make edits.  **CASRN:** Di splays the CASRN, if applicable, associated with a precursor substance.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical.  **B.1.e.2 . Nature of Reaction:**  Enter the nature of the reaction or process description .  **B.1.e.2. Nature of Reaction --**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the nature of reaction information as confidential .  **B.1.e.3 Range of Composition:** Enter the range of comp osition and the typical composition description.  **B.1.e.3 Range of Composition -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the range of composition information as confidential.  **B.1.e.3 Range of Composition -**  **Section:** Select the section with which the document you intend to attach is associated from the drop - down menu. This is a required field.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and initiate the document upload process. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality.  **Section:** Displays the section associated with a document.  **File Name:** Displaysthe file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 70  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document b y displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 4 - 18 show s the screen capture of the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 18**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 71 Exhibit 4 - 19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 19**  **: Class**  **2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.14 Additional Chemical Information You can navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen by

selecting the ‘Class 1’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen and clicking the ‘Next’ button , by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen , or clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 72 The ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen captures information regardin g the chemicals produced as b yp roducts and impurities when a chemical is manufactured. This screen also captures other names for the chemical identified in the ‘Sy nony ms’ and ‘Trade Identification’ tables. An ‘Impurities’ table displays information regarding the impurities that may be reasonabl y anticipated to be in the respective chemical or poly mer as manufactured for commercial purpose . To populate the table, click the ‘Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window . You will also be able t o enter a chemical using the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ field (if applicable) on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. If there are unidentified impurities, enter “unidentified.” You also have the option of claiming the ch emical as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. A ‘Maximum %’ field is also displayed which captures the maximum percentage for the impurit y. Documents may be attached for the ‘Impurities’ section. A ‘By products’ table capture s and displays information regarding the b yp roducts that may be produced from the manufacture of the respective chemical or polym er. To populate the table, c lick the ‘ Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window and populate the table . You will also be able to enter data and attach documents for the ‘By products’ section. You may associate a CASRN with a by product (if applicable) and check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim a by product as confidential. A ‘Sy nony ms’ table provides fields to capture the sy nony ms that the respective chemical or poly mer may be referred to in documentation. The chemical synonym s will not be populated using the search SRS functionality . You may attach documents associated with the ‘Sy nony ms’ section to provide additional sy nony ms . A ‘Trade Identification’ table provides fields to capture information about the trade names by which the respective chemical or poly mer may be referred in documentation. You may attach a document associated with the ‘Trade Identification’ section to provide additional trade names if necessary . The ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window provides fields to upload documents related to the ‘Impurities,’ ‘By

products,’ ‘Sy

nony ms,’ and/or ‘Trade Identification’ section(s). To add a docum ent, select the section of the page with which the document is associated from the ‘Section’ drop - down menu, and click the ‘Attach Document’ button. Clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button display s the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. For additional details about the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window , please refer to **Section 3.3**  . The attachments table displays the section of the page the document is ass ociated with, the file name and file extension of the document, the document description, the number of pages in the document, and if the document was claimed CBI. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. Click a file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window to view and/or edit an attached document.  **B.3 Impurities -**  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for further details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **Impurity :**  Displays the name of the impurity. An impurity is a chemical substance that y ou did not intend to be present with y our P MN substance. Your intent is thus the primaryOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 73 determinant as to impurity status. List all known impurities that are present, regardless of their weight percent. List the expected maximum percentage of each impurity and indicate its confidentiality

status. An impurity

may be suggestive of chemical precursors or chemical processes. Click the ‘I

mpurity ’ link to navigate to the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window to edit chemical information for an impurity.  **CASRN :**  Displays the CASRN for the imp urity (if applicable).  **Maximum %:**  Displays the maximum percentage for the impurity.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of the impurity b y displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Action :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire impurity entry permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **B.7 Byproduct**  **s -**  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop -up window.  **Byproduct Name:**  Displays the name of the by product. Describ e any b yproducts resulting from the manufacture, processing, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. List an y by products that you reasonably anticipate will result from the manufacture, processing, use , and disposal of the new chemical substance at sites under your control. Clicking the ‘By product Name’ link display s the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window to view and/or edit b yproduct information. Provide the specific chemical name, CAS numbers if they can be determined, and the conf idential status of the by

products formed. If no by products are formed, enter “None” or leave the section blank.  **CASRN :**  Displays the CASRN for the by product (if applicable).  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of the by product by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Action :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire by product entry

permanently

from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **B.4 Synonym**  **s -**  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop -up window.  **B.4 Synonym**  **s -**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Sy nony m’ field set as confidential.  **Synonym :**  Enter the s yn ony m of the chemical; there is a maximum of five chemical sy nony ms that can be a dded in the ‘Sy nony ms’ table. Additional sy

nony ms can be provided in an attachment. S ynonyms include common chemical names used in scientific or technical literature, and code numbers or code names referenced in the PMN and its attachments. Indicate which sy

nony ms may be proprietary

and require CBI protection. Chemical name sy nony ms must be consistent with the chemical structure and thus not misleading. If y ou add a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indica ting that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is entered in a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If you click the form icon ( ), edit the entered values and click the ‘Next’ button witho ut saving the changed value, an error will display .  **Action :**  Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for s ynonym s. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save a chemical sy nony m. Click the ‘Form’ icon that appears after saving ( ) to editOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 74 a chemical sy

non ym . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added chemical sy nony m.  **B.5 Trade**  **Identification -**  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window.  **B.5 Trade**  **Identification -**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the trade identification section as confidential.  **Trade Name**  **:** Enter the trade identification name. List an y trade name that is used or will be used for the neat chemical substance, whether or not they are registered bran ds/trademarks. There is no limit to the number of trade names that can be added. Indicate the CBI status of trade names. If you add a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display

indicating that the blank line shoul d be saved or deleted. If text is entered in a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If yo u click the edit icon, change the entered value(s) and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value(s) , an error message will display .  **Action :**  Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for trade identification names. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) to save a trade name . Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit a trade name . Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to de lete a previously added trade name.  **Select Section**  **:** Select the section of the page with which the document is associated from the drop - down menu. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Byproducts,’ ‘Impurities,’ ‘S ynonym s,’ and ‘Trade Identif ication.’ This is a required field.  **Attach Document:**  Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section :**  Displays the section of the page with which the document is associated.  **File Name:**  Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description :**  Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages :**  Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 75 Exhibit 4 - 20 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Chemical I nformation ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 20**  **: Ad**  **ditional Chemical Information Screen**  **(Scroll 1)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 76 Exhibit 4 - 21 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Chemical I nformation ’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 21**  **: Ad**  **ditional Chemical Information Screen**  **(Scr oll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.15 Polymer Identification Information You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen when yo u select the ‘Pol ym er’ radio button . You can also access this screen b y clicki ng the ‘Poly mer Identification Information’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 77 The ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation’ screen captures information describing the polym er(s) for which the PMN will be filed. This screen will outline the unique chemical prope rties that show the name, composition , and structure of the poly mer. The s ys tem will provide fields for yo u to identify

several key

aspects concerning a poly mer’s identity . You can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ butto n. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button , an expandable/collapsible field set display s that contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. You are able to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical y ou wish to identify . For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application display s a field set containing numerous fields that captures information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, click the ‘Add Chemical Compo nent’ button to create another field set. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always display together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application display s a fi eld set that provides numerous fields to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. For a consolidated submission, create separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within th e navigation tree. This will generate a ‘Chemical Id entification’ screen. A form may contain a maximum of six (6) separate chemical folders.  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display a poly mer identification information e xpandable/collapsible field set .  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and delete the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse A ll:**  Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional information regarding the search SRS functionality .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 78  **CASRN :**  Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services ’ pop -up window , if applicable .  **Chemical Name:**  Displays the name of the chemical that has been identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services ’ pop -up window .  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidential. Checking this checkbox display s the ‘Generic chemical name’ text box.  **B.6 Generic chemical name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field displays when ‘ Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ are claimed CBI . This is a required field when displ ayed .  **B.1.c ID Method** : In section B.1.c, you identify the ID method. A method ID must be selected.  **Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service):** Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS I nventory Expert Service method. Submit a copy

of the identification report obtained from the CAS Inventory Expert Services as an attachment to this notice. For a consolidated submission, each chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Lette r of Support for that chemical. Selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS I nventory Expert Service)’ radio button display s the ‘IES Order #’ field.  **Method 2 (Other Method)**  **:** Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method) ’ radio button to identify the ID method as ‘ Other Method. ’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a STN database report or a CAS Client Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ If the chemical is pending a Letter of Support, the method can only be ‘Method 2.’  **IES Order #:** Enter the IES order number of the report. This field only displays when the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected. This is a required field when displayed .  **Section :**  Select the section of the page with which the attached document is associated . This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘ Chemical Structure Diagram ’ and ‘ID Method.’ It is required that a document be attached for the ID method if the ‘Method 1’ radio button is selected .  **Attach Document:**  Click the ‘Attach Docum ent’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section :**  Di splays the section of the page with which the file is associated.  **File Name:**  Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window. Click the file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to view and/or edit an attached document.  **Description :**  Displays the description of a document.  **Pages :**  Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 79  **Save :**  Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and suc cessfull y save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. Exhibit 4 - 22 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Poly mer Identification Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 22**  **: Polymer Identification Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 80 Exhibit 4 - 23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 23**  **: Polymer Identification Information**  **Scre en**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 4.16 Monomers and Other Reactants You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Poly

mer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 81 The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and monomers that make up a poly mer. The screen is divided into two sections to identify different elements describing a polymer: ‘Poly mer Weight Information’ and ‘Mono mers and Other Reactants.’ In the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ section, enter the typical weight percent of each monomer or other reactant in the poly mer. Enter the maximum weight percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residu al in the poly mer as manufactured for commercial purposes. The maximum residual should be less than the typical composition. Do not use p arts p er million (ppm) units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%).  **B.2.a Polymer Weight Information --**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Poly mer Weight Information’ section as confidential.  **Method of Measurement:** Onl y a single response option can be selected for ‘Method of Measurement;’ valid values include ‘GPC’ and ‘Other (Specify ).’ This is a required field.  **GPC:** Select ‘GP C’ to identify the method of measurement as Gel -permeation chromatography (GPC). GPC is a well - established method for establishing the number average molecular weight (M n) and weight fractions below 500 and 1,000 Daltons. I t may not be useful for all poly

m er evaluations; however, solubility problems and misleading calibration standards can lead to questionable GPC data. Correction estimates can be documented and presented in cases where only a soluble fraction of the polymer can be anal yz ed.  **Other (Specify) :**  Select ‘Other (Specify ) to identify

another method of measurement. Selecting this option generates the ‘Specify other method of measure’ text field.  **Specify other method of measure:** Enter the method of measurement when y ou select the ‘Other (Specify

)’ r adio button as the method of measurement. This field only displays when the ‘Other (Specify ’ radio button is selected. This is a required field when the ‘Other (Specify)’ radio button is selected.  **(i) lowest number avg. molecular weight:** Enter the lowest number average molecular weight; the entered value must be a positive numerical value and can contain decimal values. This is a required field.  **(ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight:** Enter the maximum weight percentage below 500 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than or equal to zero (0), but less than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal values. This value must be less than the value specified in the ‘(iii) max. weight % below 1000 mole cular weight’ field. This is a required field.  **(iii) max. weight % below 1000 molecular weight:** Enter the maximum weight percentage below 1,000 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than or equal to zero (0) but le ss than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal values. This value must be greater than or equal to the value specified in the ‘(ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field.  **Add Monomer:** Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to display the monomer expandable/collapsible field set.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 82  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is displayed when the information is saved in a field set.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **Monomer or Other Reactant:** Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window.  **Include in Identity:** Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for ‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification.  **Monomer or Other Reactant -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the monomer or other reactant name and CASRN as confidential.  **CAS Registry Number:** Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services ’ pop -up window.  **Typical Composition:** Enter the ty pical composition value that a monomer contribu tes to a poly mer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less than or equal to one hundred (100) and can contain decimal values. If the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be display ed in the gl obal ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that the typical composition is a value that is less than or equal to 2 percent and asking y ou whether it should be included in the chemical identity . This is a required field.  **Typical C omposition**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Ty pical Composition’ as confidential.  **Maximum Residual:** Enter the maximum residual value. Indicate the maximum weight percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residual in t he poly mer as manufactured for commercial purposes. Enter a percent value less than or equal to the maximum weight, do not use ppm units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%). The value entered must be a positive numerical value that is less than or equal to the ty pical co mposition value. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 83  **Maximum Residual -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Maximum Residual’ field as confidential.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previ ous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Docum ents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Acti ons:**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 84 Exhibit 4 - 24 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Monomers and Other Reactants ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 24**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 85 Exhibit 4 - 25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 25**  **: Monomer** **s and Other Reactants Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.17 Production Volume and Hazard /Safety Information You can navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen collects different information regarding a chemical’s production and hazard elements.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 86 **Production Volume:** The ‘Production Volume’ section captures information about production for the respective chemical or poly mer for the ‘ Maximum first 12 - month production ’ and the ‘ Maximum 12 - month production .’ The ‘Maximum first 12 - month production’ value should be less than or equal to the ‘Maximum 12 - month production’ value. T he maximum volume is up to 100,000,000,000,000 kg/year for either field. The entered value s will automatically display decimal points . D ecimals are allowed up to the milligram (.000 0 0 1) . Estimates should be on a 100% new chemical substance basis. Your production volumes should be estimated as accuratel y as possible, but you are not bound to your estimates unless you check the ‘Binding’ checkbox. In clude amounts you intend to produce for export. Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of production and the maximum production volume for an y consecutive 12 - month period during the first 3 years of commercial manufacture. You may upload an attachment to enter additional production information. **Hazard Information:** The ‘Hazard Information’ section captures information regarding hazards that the company chooses to disclose. Inorder for EPA to take respirator use into account when evaluating risks posed b y a new chemical, the MSDS for the substance must specify a respirator that is appropriate for the ty pes of anticipated exposures. For the same reason, all respirators must be certified b y the National Institute for Occupational Safet y and Health (NIOSH), and be referenced in the MSDS as “N IOSH certified” respirators. If any type of risk assessment is prescribed to determine personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements, such risk assessment must be performed by a qualified Industrial Hygienist (IH) or other authorized occupational safet y and health specialist. Engineering controls are the preferred methods for managing workplace exposures to hazards. If these controls are inadequate or lacking, personal protective equipment must be used. For EPA to take glove use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the MSDS for the substance must specify gloves that are impervious to the substances of concern, as well as suitable for the type of tasks. Close - fitting goggles or a fu ll - face piece facemask are preferred for vapor, mist, or fume exposures, or wherever workplace contaminants can readily byp ass loose - fitting equipment. The information is collected in a file attachment. The system will display instructional text for yo u to identify

which forms should be uploaded . Provide the MSDS for the PMN substance or intermediate or product mixture (that contains it) as an attachment to the PMN. Also, include hazard warning statements or labels, if relevant. The personal protection requirements of the MSDS become integral requirements of a n LVE notice.  **C.1.Production Volume -**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as confidential.  **C.1.Production Volume -**  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to cla im the production volume information as binding.  **Maximum First 12 -**  **Month Production:** Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of production. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kilograms (kg) /year. This f ield accepts decimals to the milligram and is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 87  **Maximum 12 -**  **Month Production:** Enter the data associated with the production volume. Provide an estimate of the maximum production volume for an y consecutive 12 - month period during the first three (3) ye ars of commercial manufacture. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kg/ ye ar. This value must be greater than or equal to the ‘Maximum first 12 - month production’ value. This field accepts decimals t o the milligram and is a required field.  **3.Hazard Information -**  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the hazard information as binding.  **Section:** Select the section of the page with which the attached document is associated. This drop - down menu c ontains the following value: ‘Production I nformation’ and ‘Hazard In formation.’  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section with which the document is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Do cuments’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description for a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 88 Exhibit 4 - 26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 26**  **: Production**  **Volume and Hazard**  **/Safety I**  **nformation Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Use In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.18 Use Information You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation Screen’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about how the new chemical substance is intended to be used b y function and application. “Function” refers to the physical and chemicalOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 89 properties of the substance. “Application” refers to how the substance is use d in particular processes or products. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains instructional text and an ‘Add Use’ button. When y ou click the ‘Add Use’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set will open and display

the ‘Use Information’ fie lds. Upon saving the entry, the expandable/collapsible field set collapses and displays the ‘Category of Use’ and ‘Production %’ values. You will first enter a description for the ‘Category of Use’ field. Each use will center on the ‘Category of Use’ and the different variables surrounding it. The category of use information should be specific enough to allow EPA reviewers to anticipate potential exposure patterns for the new substance (e.g. merely indicating “D ye ” is not sufficient

– is it photographic dy e, a reactive dyefor nyl on fibers, or a dyeto be incorporated in a polym er making film?). LVE notices limit y

ou to your stated category of use(s), so make sure your description fully encompasses all intended uses for any LVE. When you claim the ‘Category of Use’ as CBI, you are required to enter a ‘Generic Use Description.’ The generic use description will be available publicly . The table will capture the different elements of use that the PMN form captures. The ‘Production %’ and ‘% in Formulation’ valu es will be captured to indicate how the product will be used and at what percent in that use. Each use must capture the percent of the production and percent in formulation for each category of use. ‘Production %’ is captured and must equal up to 100% for all uses. The ‘Production %’ value can be declared CBI. The ‘% in Formulation ’ value is captured for a use and can equal up to 100%. The ‘% in Formulation’ field may be claimed as CBI. The ‘ % of substance expected ’ per use is captured for the following ca tegories: ‘ Site Limited ,’ ‘ Consumer ,’ ‘ Industrial ,’ and ‘ Commercial .’ The ‘% of substance expected ’ value must total 100%. The ‘% of substance expected’ values can be claimed as CBI or listed as binding. These use ty pes are used to determine the risks that the chemical will place on society.  **Add Use:** Click the ‘Add Use’ button to add an use information expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fi elds. This link is displayed after the information in a field set is saved.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add Use ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the up per- right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 90  **Category of Use:** Enter the category o f use for the specific chemical substance by function and application. This is a required field.  **Category of Use -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as confidential and display the ‘Generic Use Description’ field. Claiming the ‘Category of Use’ field as CBI and then un - checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox display s a confirmation message that all attached documents will be deleted.  **Category of Use -**  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as binding.  **C.2.b Generic Use Description:**  Enter the generic use description of the chemical. This field is displayed when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI. If y ou claim any

category of use description as confidential, enter a generic description of that category. This field is required when displayed .  **Total Production**  **for this Use :**  Enter an estimate of the percent of total production for the first three ye ars devoted to each category of use for the specific chemical. The entered value must be a value greater than zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100). This field allows for decimal values. This is a required field.  **Total Production for this Use -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘ Total Production for this Use ’ information as confidential.  **In Formulation:** Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated in mixture, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, or gels as manufactured for commercial purposes at sites under your control associated with each category of use. The entered value must be a value greater than zero (0) but less than or equal to one hundred (100). This field allows for decimal values. This is a required field.  **In Formulation -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘ In Formulation’ information as confidential.  **% of substance expected per use**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage of substance expected per use information as confidential.  **% of substance expected per use**  **- Binding:**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage of substance expected per use information as binding.  **Site Limited:** Enter the site - limited percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zero s. This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. For example, site - limited means the substance will only be used on the contiguous property unit where manufactured and will not intentionally be removed from the site except for waste disposal.  **Consumer** ***** **:** Enter the consumer percentage of subs tance expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zero s. This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) b y p ercentage for the indicated end user categories. Consumer use means that private individuals will use the chemical substance or products containing the substance for personal use or enjo yment.  **Industrial:** Enter the industrial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zero s. This field allows for decimal values. BreakOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 91 down the use(s) b y p ercentage for the indicated end user categories. Industrial use means that the chemical substance or product containing the substance will be used at the locations of other manufacturers or pr ocessors.  **Commercial:** Enter the commercial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance. Blank fields are recognized as zero s. This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user cat egories. Indicate percentage of product volume expected for the listed “use” sectors. Commercial use refers to the chemical substance or product containing the chemical substance being used by a company to provide a consumer service.  ***If you have provided a “**  **consumer” use, provide details -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the “If y ou have provided a ‘consumer’ use, provide details” information as confidential.  ***** **If you have provided a “consumer” use, provide details:** Enter consumer use details. Provide a detailed description of the use(s) of this chemical substance in consumer products. In addition, include estimates of the concentration of the new chemical substance as expected in consumer products and describe the chemical reactions by which this substance loses its identity in the consumer product. This is a required field if the ‘Consumer % of substance expected per use’ field is populated.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the fil e uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description for a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the documen t.  **Save:** Click the button to save and validate all data entered in the use information expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Production Total:** Displays the total production percentage for all uses. This value must be equal to 100, unless a Joint PMN or Letter of Support is pending, in which case the total value requirem ent is not immediately applicable.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 92 Exhibit 4 - 27 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Use Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 27**  **: Use**  **Information Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 93 Exhibit 4 - 28 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use I nformation’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 28**  **: Use Information Scre**  **en (Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 94 4.19 P hysical and Chemical Properties W orksheet You can navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen is used to capture optional information about a chemical’s properties. The chemical properties are used by EPA to determine additional safety data about a chemical as well as the risks and exposures of the chemicals. The properties for a chemical are captured in an expandable/collapsible field set format. The following categories may apply to a chemical: ‘Physical state of a neat substanc e,’ ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature,’ ‘ Density /relative density ,’ ‘ Solubility @ temperature ___ solvent ___ ,’ ‘ Solubi lity

in water @ temperature ___,’ ‘ Melting temperature ,’ ‘ Boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure ,’ ‘ Spectra ,’ ‘ Dissociation con stant ,’ ‘ Particle size distribution ,’ ‘ Octanol/water partition coefficient ,’ ‘ Henry ’s Law constant ,’ ‘Volatilization from water ,’ ‘Volatilization from soil ,’ ‘ pH @ concentration ___ ,’ ‘ Flammability ,’ ‘ Explodability ,’ and ‘Absorption/coefficient.’ All of th e properties will capture the relevant values for a chemical. Each property may be claimed individually as CBI. To enter phys ical/chemical property information, select a phys ical/chemical property from the drop - down menu and click the ‘Add Propert y’ butto n. The expandable/collapsible field set will expand and display

all the fields that should be entered for that propert y. You are then able to enter all relevant information regarding that property. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. When a ll information is entered, click the ‘Save’ button. Each property may only be entered once per chemical. You may also enter an option for ‘Other.’ The ‘Other’ option will allow y ou to enter a user specified property and any relevant values. The property will capture the relevant values for the chemical and the property measurement can be identified as ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated.’ The ‘Other’ option may

be claimed individually

as CBI. You may

enter multiple properties as ‘Other.’ You may upload attachments f

or the chemical properties. EPA’s risk assessment process does utilize physiochemical properties, as some of the attributes listed here can relate directly to chemical risks. Among the most useful parameters of a new substance to EPA are the boiling point, the melting point, vapor pressure, the octanol/water partition coefficient, water solubility, Henry ’s Law Const ant, hydrol ys is, spectral data ( Mass Spectrometry

(MS), proton and C13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR), Infrared (I R), and Ultraviolet (UV) abs orption), and the soil/sediment absorption coefficient. In the absence of this data, EPA will estimate to the extent possible phy siochemical data to aid in their risk evaluations. Indicate whether the value y ou provide is based on an actual test measureme nt (Measured) or was estimated (Estimated). Note that EPA staffers indicate that data qualifiers such as ‘negligible’ or ‘soluble’ are not useful descriptions. You are not required to display the listed test data if you do not have it.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 95 Physical/chemical properties data may be so unique that they

could in the future link the PMN substance to a commercial product or may tend to identify

unique classes of chemical substance, and therefore some data elements may represent confidential business information. Re view the CBI status of each entry

carefully, and avoid making unsupportable claims.  **Add Property:** Click the ‘Add Property’ button to add a ‘Property’ expandable/collapsible field set for a selected property.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and delete the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is displayed after the information is saved in a field set.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Adsorption/C oefficient**  **- Value:**  Enter the adsorption/coefficient value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected.  **Adsorption/C oefficient**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether th e property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Adsorption/coefficient’ propert y is selected.  **Adsorption/C oefficient**  **– CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ad sorption/coefficient property as confidential.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure:** Enter the value of the boiling/sublimation temperature @ _____torr pressure of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sym bols. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure’ propert y is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] Torr pressure –**  **Value** : Enter the boiling/sublimation temperature in °C of the chemical substance. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature’ propert y is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation’ property is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the boi ling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure property as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 96  **Density/relative density -**  **Value:** Enter the density /relative density value of the chemical substance in g/cm3. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a requir ed field if the ‘Density/relative density ’ property is selected.  **Density/relative density -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a requi red field if the ‘Density /relative density’ property is selected.  **Density/relative density -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the density /relative density property as confidential.  **Dissociation constant -**  **Value:** Enter the dissociation constant value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected.  **Dissociation constant -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected.  **Dissociation constant -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the dissociation constant property as c onfidential.  **Explodability -**  **Value:** Enter the explodability value of the chemical substance . This field allows text or numbers to be entered and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Explodability ’ property is selecte d.  **Explodability -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Explodability ’ property is selected.  **Explodability -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the explodability property as confidential.  **Flammability -**  **Value:** Enter the flammability value of the chemical substance. This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required fie ld if the flammability

property is selected.  **Flammability -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the flammability pr operty is selected.  **Flammability -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the flammability property as confidential.  **Henry ’**  **s Law**  **constant -**  **Value:** Enter the Henry ’s law constant value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the ‘Henry ’s Law constant’ property is selected.  **Henry’s Law constant**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Henry ’s Law constant’ property is selected.  **Henry’s Law**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the Henry ’s Law constant property as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 97  **Melting Temperature**  **- Value:**  Enter the melting temperature of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.  **Melting Temperature**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by sel ecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.  **Melting Temperature**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the melting temperature property as confidential.  **Octanol/water p artition coefficient**  **- Value:**  Enter the octanol/water partition coefficient value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the octanol/water partition coefficient propert y is selected.  **Octan ol/** **water partition coefficient**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the octanol/water partition coefficient propert y is selected.  **Octanol /water partition coefficient**  **- C**  **BI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the octanol/water partition coefficient propert y as confidential.  **Particle size distribution**  **- Value:**  Enter the particle size distribution value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the particle size distribution property is selected.  **Particle size distribution**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - do wn menu. This is a required field if the particle size distribution propert y is selected.  **Particle size distribution**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the particle size distribution property

as confidential.  **Physical state of neat substance**  **- Value**  **:** Select the physical state of a neat substance of chemicals, which can be either a ‘Solid,’ ‘Liquid,’ or ‘Gas.’ This is a required field if the Physical state of neat substance property is selected.  **Physical state of neat substance**  **- Measured or Estimate**  **d:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the phys ical state of neat substance property is selected.  **Physical state of neat substance CBI:**  Che ck the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical state of neat substance property as confidential.  **PH @ concentration**  **[concentration]:** Enter the p H @ concentration property . This field allows for text. This is a required field.  **PH @ concentration**  **[concentratio n]**  **- Value:**  Enter the PH @ concentration value. This field is able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘PH @ concentration [concentration]’ property is selected.  **PH @ concentration**  **[concentration] -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicat e whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop -OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 98 down menu. This is a required field if the PH @ concentration [concentration] property is selected.  **PH @ concentration**  **[concentration] -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the PH @ concentration property as confidential.  **Solubility @ temperature [temperature]**  **°C :**  Enter the solubility of the chemical substance at a temperature value measured in °C. This field is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbo ls. This is a required field.  **Solubility @**  **temperature [temperature]**  **- solvent:**  Enter the solvent that will be used for the chemical substance. This field accepts text . This is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solve nt]’ property is selected.  **Solubility @ temperature**  **[temperature] -**  **value:** Enter the solubility of the chemical substance in g/L .  **Solubility @ temperature**  **[temperature] -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent]’ property is selected.  **Solubility @ temp**  **erature [temperature] solvent [solvent] -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] property as confidential.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature**  **[temperature] :**  Enter the s olubility in water at a specific temperature in °C of the chemical . This is a required field if the solubility in water @ temperature property

is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature [temperature]**  **- Value:**  Enter the solubility in water of the chemical substance in g/L. Va lue fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility in Water @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature**  **[temperature] -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Me asured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the solubility in water @ temperature property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ Temperature**  **[temperature] -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to cl aim the solubility

in water @ temperature property as confidential.  **Spectra -**  **Value:** Enter the spectra value of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols. This is a required field if the spectra property is selected.  **Spect ra**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Spectra’ property is selected.  **Spectra -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the spectra property as confidential.  **Vapor Pressure @temperature [temperature]**  **°C** : Enter the Vapor Pressure @ Temperature value in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the property is selected.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 99  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperatur**  **e] -**  **Value** : Enter the value of the Vapor Pressure in torr units of the chemical substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Vapor Pressure**  **@ temperature [temperature] -**  **Measured or Estimated** : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is se lected.  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature]**  **- CBI**  : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the vapor pressure @ temperature [temperature] propert y as confidential.  **Volatilization from water**  **- Value**  : Enter the volatilization from water value of the chemi cal substance. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from water**  **- Measured or Estimated**  : Indicate whether the property v alue is ‘Measured’ or ‘E stimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ propert y is selected.  **Volatilization from water**  **- CBI**  : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from water property

as confidential.  **Volatilization from soil**  **- Value**  : Enter the volatilization from soil value. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from soil**  **- Measured or Estimated**  : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ propert y is selected.  **Volatilization from soil**  **- CBI**  : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from soil property

as confidential.  **Other** : Enter any ‘Other’ property that you may specify.  **Other -**  **Value** : Enter an ‘Other’ property v alue. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. T his is a required field if the ‘Other’ property was selected.  **Other -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property v alue is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Othe r’ property is selected.  **Other -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the propert y as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 10 0 Exhibit 4 - 29 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 29**  **: Physical and**  **Chemical Propertie s Worksheet**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 101 Exhibit 4 - 30 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 30**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties**  **Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking theOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 102 ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. 4.20 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) You can navigate to the ‘ Physical and C hemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen is used to capture all the studies and particular attachments that refer to the chemical properties captured on the previous screen. When y ou first access the screen, instructio nal text, an ‘Attach Document’ button, and an attachments table displays. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality. The attachment table displays the ‘File Name ,’ ‘Properties,’ ‘ Description ,’ ‘Pages,’ ‘ CBI ,’ and ‘Actions’ columns . To view, open, or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table. Click the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.  **Attach Document:** C lick the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section** 4.1.22 for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the original file that i s uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window to view, open, or make any edits within a document .  **Properties:** Displays the chemical properties associated with a documen t.  **Description:** Displays the description for a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document b y displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 103 Exhibit 4 - 31 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Phys ical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 31**  **: Physical and**  **Chemical Properties Worksheet –**  **Continued (Optional) Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen if you have not identified another chemical on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if y ou have identified additional chemicals. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site In formation’ link within the navigation tree . If yo u would like to add a consolidated chemical, click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 104 4.20.1 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach

Documents You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents ’ window by clicking the ‘ Attach Document ’ button on the ‘Physic al and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) ’ screen. When attaching a document , all properties selected on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen will display on the ‘Phys ical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ with checkboxes . Select the ty pe and subtype for the attachment and the properties relevant to the document. The document is able to be attached and a description and the number of pages can be entered. The system allows the uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.  **Type :**  Select the document ty pe from the drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for the values contained within this drop - down menu.  **Subtype:** Select the document subty pe from the drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for the values contained within this drop - down menu.  **Chemical Properties:**  Displays the physical and/or chemical properties identified on the previous screen that can be potentially associated with a document. Check the appropriate chemical properties that are associated with a document that is being attached ; more than one property may be checked and associated with a single document . These checkboxes are enabled onl y if ‘Phys ical Chemical Property’ is selecte d from the ‘Ty pe’ drop - down menu.  **Attachment:** Displays the ‘Browse’ button to search for and identify a document on your local hard drive to be attached that can be associated with the phy sical/chemical properties identified on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen.  **Description:** Enter the description associated with a document. This is a required field.  **Pages:** Enter the number of pages a document contains. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the document a s confidential .  **Sanitized Attachment :**  Click the ‘Browse’ button to display the ‘File Upload’ window to search for a particular file on your hard drive . For any attached document claimed as CBI, yo u are required to attach a sanitized version of the docume nt.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 105 Exhibit 4 - 32 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents ’ window (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 32**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **– Continued (Optional)**  **At tach**  **Documents Windo w**  **(Scroll 1)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 106 Exhibit 4 - 33 shows the screen captur e of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 33**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **– Continued (Optional) A**  **ttach Docume**  **nts Windo w**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ’Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper right - hand corner to navigate back to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen without saving document information . Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered information and navigate back to the ‘Phys ical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 107 4.21 Submitter Controlled Site Information You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Informati on’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Sub mitter Controlled Site I nformation ’ screen captures information about the identification of submitter - controlled sites . The screen captures specific data for the site by providing a ‘FRS Search’ button to search for a particular site or enable you to manually enter a site using the FRS system. You will list all of the sites that are controlled by the submitter on this screen. The list will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation occurs. Enter the details of the operations and chem icals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders.  **FRS Search:** Click the button to display the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the FRS search functionality.  **Registry ID:** Displays the registry ID of the site.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name of the site.  **Address:** Displays the site address of the site.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the si te.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 108 Exhibit 4 - 34 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 34**  **: Submitter**  **Controlled Site Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 4.22 Sites Controlled By Others You can navigate to the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others ’ screen captures information about known and/or unknown sites not controlled by

the submitter . Enter information in the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen for ty pical processing or use operations involving the new chemical substance at sites not controlled by the submitter. Importers do not have to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, you must report any processing or use activitie s after import. Complete a separate ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ screen for each ty pe of processing, or use operation involving the new chemical substance. If the same operation is performed at more than one site, describe the ty pical operation common to these sites. The screen displays questions to determine whetherOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 109 there is any data for other controlled sites. If there is no data for sites controlled by others, the screen will not update and the option of selecting the ‘Next’ button is available. If there is data for sites controlled b y others, an additional question will appear. The screen then captures whether site - specific data for the chemical is known for ‘Sites Controlled By Others.’ If you indicate that there is site - specific data b y selecting the ‘Yes’ radio button, the screen will display a ‘List of Sites Controlled by Others’ table, an ‘FRS Search’ button, a text field to enter the ‘# of unknown sites,’ and a ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites as confidential. To add specific site information, click the ‘FRS Search’ button and search for a site via FRS. Sites can be searched b y ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When results are returned, a new site can be added to th e table b y selecting a site from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site through the manual entry fields. The sys tem allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI. If there is no site - specific data, the screen wil l display a text box to enter the number of unknown sites. A list of all sites controlled by others via FRS will display on this screen. The list will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation/process occurs. The details of the op erations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders will be entered.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the FRS search functionality .  **Do you have any sites controlled by others for which you have information to report?** : If yo u select ‘Yes’ the scree n will display the question ‘Do you have site - specific information?’ If you select ‘No’ only the ‘Next’ button will display .  **B.1.a Operation description -**  **Do you have site -**  **specific information?:** If you select ‘Yes’ , the screen will populate with informati on to enter specific site information. If y ou select ‘No,’ enter the number of unknown sites.  **EPA Registry ID:** Displays the registry ID of the site. Click the ‘EPA Registry ID’ link to navigate to the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window to make any edits. This column heading only

displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.  **Address:** Displays the address of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.  **City :**  Displays the city of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.  **State:** Displays the state of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific i nformation available.  **Postal Code:** Displays the postal code of a site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’ This column heading only

displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 110  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of t he site. This column heading only displays if a user indicates that there is site - specific information available.  **# of unknown sites:** Enter the number of unknown sites. This field accepts zeros. This is a required field.  **# of unknown sites -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites as confidential. Exhibit 4 - 35 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 35**  **: Sites Controlled By Others**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen if the submitter controlled operations screens have not been generat ed. You can access the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Operation I nformation’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 111 4.23 Submitter Operation Information You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link within the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Submitter Operation Information’ link under the ‘Submit ter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree if the screens have already b een generated . You can add sites by

clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder . The ‘ Submitter O peration I nformation ’ screen captures information about an operation that occurs at a particular site or group of sites. You are asked a series of questions and based on the responses; information will display to fill out a series of fields about a specific operation. The guided approach is designed to eliminate errors and ensure the completion of all relevant sections for a site. You will be able to enter an alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; ho wever, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation and will then check the applicable operation type checkboxes. If you select an option other than ‘Use’ for the operation type, y ou will be asked whether the chemical is manufactured as a ‘batch’ or ‘continuous’ process. Based on the propert y selected, fill in the relevant information. If y ou select the ‘Use’ operation ty pe, then there will be no further options on this screen. The follow -up screens are used to capture specific information about the operation type process. The system provides a text box for describing the process description. Additional process information may

als o be included in an attachment. You may claim the process description or attachment as CBI. If an attached document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires a sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached d ocuments, click the file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the document table. The document table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document description , the number of pages in the document, and whether a sanitized copy of the document was attached. Click the delete icon under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.  **Operation Alias:**  Enter the operation alias. This field makes it easier to distinguish between operations when there is more than one o peration. This is a required field if the submission is pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support.  **Add Site:** Select a site from the drop - down menu and click the ‘Add Site’ button to add the site specified on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformat ion’ screen to the site table. You may select more than one site.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name.  **Address:** Displays the site address.  **City:** Displays the site city .  **State:** Displays the site state.  **Postal Code:** Displays the site postal code.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 112  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site.  **Consolidated Chemical checkboxes:** Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN submission. Check one or more checkbox (es) for the chemical that the information on this page refers to. At least one chemical must be checked.  **A.1.b Operation Type --**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the operation type as confidential.  **Manufacturing:** Check the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox to indicate that manufacturing is taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox display s the ‘Is it batch or continuous’ radio buttons. At least one operation type must be checked.  **Processing:** Check th e ‘Processing’ checkbox to indicate that processing is taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Processing’ checkbox display s the ‘Is it batch or continuous’ radio buttons. At least one operation ty pe must be checked.  **Use:** Check the ‘Use’ checkbox to indic ate that chemical use is taking place at the site. At least one operation ty

pe must be checked. If you check this checkbox, the ‘Batch’ and ‘Continuous’ radio buttons and the associated fields will not be display ed.  **A.1.c Operations Am**  **ount and Duration -**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount and duration information as confidential.  **Is it batch or continuous?** : Either the ‘Batch’ or ‘Continuous’ radio button must be selected to indicate the production method.  **1. Batch:** Select the ‘Batch’ radi o button to indicate that the chemical is produced in a batch process.  **2. Continuous:** Select the ‘Continuous’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced on a continuous basis.  **Max kg/batch:** Enter the maximum number of kilograms (kg) produced per batch. This field only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Hours/batch:** Enter the hours of manufacturing or processing time needed per batch. This field only displays when you se lect the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Batches/Year:** Enter the number of batches produced per y ear. This field only

displays when yo u select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Max kg/Day:** Enter the maximum number of kg of a chemical produced per day. This fi eld only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Hours/Day:** Enter the number of hours per day that the chemical is processed or manufactured; this value cannot exceed 24. This field only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Days/Year:** Enter the number of days per year that the chemical is processed or manufactured; this value cannot exceed 365. This field o nly displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button, and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 113  **A.1.d Process Description --**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the process description as confidential.  **A.1.d Process Description:**  Enter the process description. I n the ‘Process Description’ text box, or an attachment, address the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions. I nclude interim storage and transport containers (specify

– e.g., 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.). (2) Provide the identity, the approximate weight (b y kg/day or kg/batch on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all starting materials and feedstocks (including reactants, solve nts, catal ys ts, etc.), and of all products, recy cle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the second medium. Either this field is required or a document must be attached.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 114 Exhibit 4 - 36 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Operation Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 36**  **: Submitter Operation Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 115 Exhibit 4 - 37 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 37**  **: Submitter Operation Information Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation tree. 4.24 Occupational Exposures You can navigate to the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Operation Informat ion ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ link within the navigation tree .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 116 Click the ‘Add’ button to display an expandable/collapsible field set to enter occupational exposure information. The application displa ysfields for you to enter information for ‘Worker Category (1),’ ‘Worker Activity

(1),’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3),’ ‘Physical Form(s) (5),’ ‘% New Substance (5),’ ‘# Workers Exposed (8),’ ‘Maximum Duration Hours/Day (10),’ and ‘Maximum Duration Days/Year (11).’ EPA is attempting to estimate exposure levels, the number of workers potentially exposed, and possible routes and duration of exposure to the PMN substance. Work with y our plant engineers to develop accurate data. Review the CBI status of data you provide.  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to display an ‘Occupational Exposure

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This field only displays after information is saved within a field set.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Worke r Category (1):**  Select the category of work from the drop - down menu in which a worker may

be exposed to a chemical substance. This is a required field.  **Worker Category (1) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim worker category information as confidentia l.  **Worker Activity (1)**  **:** Select the worker activity from the drop - down menu (e.g. bag dumping, tote filling, unloading drums, sampling, cleaning, etc.) in which workers may be exposed to a chemical substance. This is a required field.  **Protective Equipment /Engineering Controls (3):**  Enter the protective equipment/engineering controls used to protect workers. This is a required field.  **Protective Equi pment/Engineering Controls (3)**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering c ontrols information as confidential.  **Protective Equi pment/Engineering Controls (3)**  **- Binding:**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as binding.  **Physical Form(s) (5):** Enter the physical forms(s) of the new chemical substance (e.g., solid, crys tal, granule, powder, or dust) at the time of exposure. Be as specific as possible on the physical form (e.g., is the PMN substance isolated as a cry stalline or amorphous powder, wet cake, flake solid, granular solid, or a fused solid?). If data on particle size of solids areOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 117 available, it should be included as an attachment. For wet cakes, a percent moisture estimate may prevent EPA from making an estimate that is too conservative . This is a required field.  **Physical Form(s) (5) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the phy sical form(s) information as confidential.  **Physical Form(s) (5) -**  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) information as binding.  **% New Substance (5):** Enter the percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) at the time of exposure. A value of zero (0) entered in this field will display an error. This is a required field.  **% New Substance (5) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ chec kbox to claim the percentage new substance information as confidential.  **% New Substance (5) -**  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as binding.  **# Workers Exposed (8):** Enter the number of workers exposed. Estimate the maximum number of all workers involved in each activity for all sites combined. This is a required field.  **# Workers Exposed (8) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential.  **Maximum Duration –**  **CBI** : C heck the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the maximum duration as confidential.  **Hours/Day (10):** Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity for any worker in hours per day; this field allows decimal values. A value of zero (0) entered in this field will display

an error. This is a required field.  **Days/Year (11):** Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activit y for any worker in days per year; this field allows decimal values. A value of zero (0) entered in this f ield will display

an error. This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Occupational Exposure

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 118 Exhibit 4 - 38 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 38**  **: Occupational Exposures**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 119 Exhibit 4 - 39 shows the screen capture of the ‘Occupational Exposures’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 39**  **: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ link within the navigation tree. 4.25 Environmental Releases You can navigate to the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Enviro nmental Releases ’ screen captures information about the environmental release and disposal status of a particular site. The information on exposure and environmental release isOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 120 related to the flow diagram/process description on the ‘Submitter Operation I nf ormation’ screen. This page is duplicated and populated for each flow diagram supplied in the PMN (manufacturing, each processing description, and any use diagrams). The information provided should focus on the PMN substance. EPA reviewers pay particular a ttention to human exposure and environmental release date under their TSCA mandate to protect against unreasonable risks from new chemical substances. In the absence of this information, EPA will make its own estimates of worker exposure and environmental release, which are usually conservative. You should present data that is accurate and as complete as possible. The page displays an ‘Add’ button to add an expandable/collapsible field set to enter ‘Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ information. The page displays fields to enter information for ‘Release Number,’ the amount of the new substance released ‘to environment’ and the amount of new substance released ‘to control technology,’ ‘Media of Release,’ ‘Control Technology Des cription,’ and ‘Release after Control Technology.’ You will be asked to enter information concerning the release to water, such as Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW), navigable waterways, and others.  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to display an ‘Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove th e field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link is only displayed a fter information is saved within a field set.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Release Number (1):** Enter the number of each release point identified in the process description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen. This is a required field.  **Release Nu mber (1)**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential.  **Am ount of new substance released**  **:** Either the ‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance released to Control Technology ’ field should be selected and populated.  **to environment (2a):** Selected the associated radio button and e nter the amount of new substance released to environment. Release estimates should be consistent with the release levels shown on the preceding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, e ven if cleaned off - site.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 121  **Am ount of new substance released to environment kg/batch:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms per batch. One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for amount released.  **Am ount of new substance released to environment kg/day:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms per day . One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for amount released.  **to environment (2a) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to environment as confidential.  **to control technology (2b):** Enter the amount of new substance released to control technology . Release estimates should be consistent with the release levels shown on the proceeding flow diagram. I nclude intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off - site.  **Am ount of**  **new substance released to control technology kg/batch:** Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in kilo grams per batch . One weight measurement must be selected if a value is entered for am ount released.  **Am ount of new substance released to control technology kg/day:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in kilo grams per day . One weight measurement must be selected if a va lue is entered for amount released.  **to control technology (2b) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to control technology as confidential.  **Media of Release (4):** Id entify the media of release (i.e., stack air, f ugitive air, surface water, on - site or off

- site land or incineration, POTW, or other (please specify )) to which the new substance will be released from that release point from the drop - down menu. This is a required field.  **Media of Release (4) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the media of release as confidential.  **If Other, specify:** Enter the media of release when you select ‘Other’ from the ‘Media of Release’ drop - down menu.  **Control Technology Description (5a):** Enter the control technology descript ion. Describe control technology, if any, and control efficiency used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment. For releases disposed of on land, characterize the disposal method and state whether it is approved for disposal of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste. For each site, describe an y additional disposal methods that will be used and whether the waste is subject to secondary or tertiary

on - site treatment. Indicate if you want this information to bind. Che ck the ‘CBI’ checkbox if the information is confidential. This is a required field.  **Contr ol Technology Description (5a)**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the control technology

description as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 122  **Contr ol Technology Description (5a)**  **- Binding:**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the control technology

description as binding.  **Release after Control Technology (5b):** Enter the release after control technology. Estimate the amount released to the environment after control technology (in k ilograms per day ). This is a required field.  **Release after Control Technology (5b) --**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release after control technology as confidential.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Environ mental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must successfully save the information entered within an expandable/collapsible field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **POTW Name:** Enter the publicly owned treatment works ( POTW ) name .  **POTW NPDES #**  **:** Enter the POTW: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Sy stem (NPDES) number .  **POTW CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the POTW as confidential.  **Navigable Waterway Name:**  Enter the navigable waterway name.  **Navigable Waterway NPDES #:** Enter the navigable waterway NPDES number .  **Navigable Waterway CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the navigable waterway as confidential.  **Other (Specify) Name:** Enter the name of the other destination of release to water.  **Other (Specify) CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the other destination of release to water as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 123 Exhibit 4 - 40 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen (Scroll 1):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 40**  **: Environmental Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 124 Exhibit 4 - 41 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen (Scroll 2) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 41**  **: Environme**  **ntal Releases Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Operation’ link within the navigation tree if the submitter controlled operation screens have not been generated y et. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 4.26 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ f older within the navigation tree to display the screens for an operation controlled by others. You can navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Environmental Releases’ screen. You can alsoOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 125 access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Industri al Sites Controlled By Others ’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ folder within the navigation tree . The ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen captures information about activities occurring at a particular site or group of sites . You will be able to enter an alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation. You will then proceed to the next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The system provides a field to add an operation process description. The site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation must be identified. The sys tem then navigates to the next screen to enter resources concerning the operation. The screen also displays a field to add an operation process description. I n the operation description, include the following in formation: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim storage and specify transport containers (e.g., 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc.). On the diagram, identify

b y l etter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all feedstocks (including reactants, solvents and catal ys ts, etc.), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency

if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermitten t releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance.  **Operation Alias:** Enter the operation alias. This is a required field if the submission is pending a Joint Submission or a Letter of Support.  **Add Site:** Select a site from the drop - down menu and click the ‘Add Site’ button to add the site specified on the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ screen to the site table. More than one site may be selected.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name.  **Address:** Displays the site address.  **City:** Displays the site city .  **State:** Displays the site state.  **Postal Code:** Displays the site postal code.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message confirming deletion of the site displays.  **Consolidated Chemical (s):**  Displays all consolidated chemicals with a checkbox identified within in a PMN form.  **Operation Description:** Enter the operation process description. Cover the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, inclu ding interim storage and transport containers (specify

– e.g., 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc.). On the diagram, identify b y letter and briefly d escribe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, pro vide the identity, the approximate weight (byOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 126 kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), entry point of all feedstocks (including reactants, solvents and catalys ts, etc.), all products, recycle streams, and wastes. In clude cleaning chemic als (note frequency if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, identify by number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. Either this field is required or a document must be attached.  **Operation Description -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the operation description as confidential.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer t o **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 127 Exhibit 4 - 42 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 42**  **: Industrial Sites Controlled By**  **Others Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Exposures/Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 4.27 Exposures / Releases You can navigate to the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Exposures/Releases ’ link under the ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within the navigation tree . The sc reen provides buttons to add expandable/collapsible field sets for worker exposure release information and environmental disposal information . The screen displays fields in the workerOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 128 exposure expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘ Worker Category (1) , ’ ‘Worker Activity

(1),’ ‘ # Workers Exposed (2) ,’ ‘Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a) ,’ ‘ Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b) ,’ ‘Protective Equip ment/Eng ineering C ontrols (6),’ ‘ Physical Form(s) (6) ,’ ‘% New Substance (6) ,’ and ‘% in Formul ation (7). ’ The screen displays fields in the environmental release expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘Release Number (9) ,’ ‘ the amount of the new substance released directl y to environment (10a), ’ ‘ the amount of new substance released into control technology (10b) ,’ ‘Media of Release (12),’ and ‘Control Technology (12).’  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button t o display a ‘Worker Exposure ’ expandable/collapsible field set. At least one field must be populated within this field set.  **Cance l:**  Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link only displays after information is saved within a field set.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Work er Category (1):**  Select the worker category of the activity in which workers may

be exposed to the specified substance from the drop - down menu.  **Worker Activity (1):** Select the worker activity in which workers may

be exposed to the specified substance from the drop - down menu.  **Worker Category/ Activity (1)**  **- CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the worker category and worker activity

as confidential.  **# Workers Exposed (2):** Enter an estimate of the number of workers exposed for all sites combined.  **# Workers Expos**  **ed (2) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential.  **Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a):** Enter an estimate of the typical duration of exposure per worker in hours/day. This field allows decimal values.  **Dura tion of Exposure Days/Year (4b):**  Enter an estimate of the typical duration of exposure per worker in days/ye ar. This field allows decimal values.  **Duration of Exposure -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the duration of exposure hours/day and days/ye a r as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 129  **Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6):** Enter a description of any protective equipment and engineering controls, if an y, used to protect workers.  **Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (6) --**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential.  **Physical Forms (6):** Enter a description of phys ical forms of exposure.  **Physical Forms (6) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the phy sical form of exposure information as confidential.  **% New Substance (6):** Describe percentage new chemical substance (if in mixture).  **% New Substance (6) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as confidential.  **% in Formulation (7):** Estimate the pe rcent of the new substance as formulated when packaged or used as a final product.  **% in Formulation (7) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage in formulation information as confidential.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Worker Exposure’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the sc reen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 130 Exhibit 4 - 43 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen (Scroll 1):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 43**  **: Exposures**  **/ Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** 

 **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to display an ‘Environmental Disposal ’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Release Number (9):** Enter the number of each release point from the process diagram previously

entered.  **Release Number (9) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 131  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Environment (10a):**  Enter an estimate of the amount of the new substance released directly to the environment in Kg/day or Kg/batch.  **Am t New Substance Released**  **Directly into Environment kg/day:** Select the Kg/day radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in kilo grams per day .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/batch:**  Select the Kg/batch radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in kilograms per batch.  **Am t New Substance Relea**  **sed Directly into Environment -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance re leased directly into environment as confidential.  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology (10b):**  Estimate the amount of the new substance released into control technology in kg/day or kg/batch.  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into**  **Control Technology (10b)**  **kg/day:** Select the kg/day radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control technology measures in kilograms per day.  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology**  **(10b) kg/batch:**  Select the kg/batch radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control technology

measures in kilograms per batch.  **Am t New Substance Released Directly**  **into Control Technology (10b) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into control technology as confidential.  **Media of Release (12):** Select a value from the drop - down menu to capture the media of release. The ‘Media of Release’ drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Fugitive Air,’ ‘Off - Site Incineration,’ ‘POTW,’ ‘Stack Air,’ ‘Surface Water,’ and ‘Other,’ that will be used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment.  **Media of Release (12) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox t o claim the media of release as confidential.  **Control Technology (12):** Enter the control technology, if any, which will be used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment.  **Control Technology (12) -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim control technology information as confidential.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered into the ‘Environmental Disposal ’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon located within the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 132 Exhibit 4 - 44 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 44**  **: Exposures**  **/ Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ By product Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Byproduct Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.28 Byproduct Information You can navigate to the ‘ By product Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button fr om the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ By product In formation ’ link under the ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within the navigation tree .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 133 The ‘ By product Information ’ screen captures b yproducts about a particular site. The system displays fields for you to enter b yproducts.  **B.2.14 Byproducts -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim all by products as confidential.  **Byproduct:** Displays the by products that may

result from the operation.  **Actions:** Click the save icon ( ) to save an entered by product. Click the delete icon ( ) to delete a b yproduct. Click the add icon ( ) to add a byproduct. Click the form icon ( ) to edit a saved b yproduct. Exhibit 4 - 45 shows the screen capture of the ‘ By product Information ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 45**  **: Byproduct Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 134 4.29 Optional Pollution Prevention You can navigate to the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ By

product Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Optional Pollution P revention’ screen provides fields for companies to enter data about their pollution prevention efforts. The compan y has the option of entering information as a free text field or as an attachment. The compan y can claim the information as CBI. The attachme nt table displays the file name and file extension , the description , the number of the pages, and the CBIstatus of the attached document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon located within the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. You may provide information not reported elsewhere in this form regarding y our efforts to reduce or minimize potential risks associated with activities surrounding manufacturing, processing, use, and disposal of the PMN substance. Include new information p ertinent to pollution prevention, including source reduction, recy cling activities and safer processes or products available due to the new chemical substance. Source reduction includes the reduction in the amount or toxicity

of chemical wastes b y technolo gical modification, process and procedure modification, product reformulation, and/or raw materials substitution. Recycling refers to the reclamation of useful chemical components from wastes that would otherwise be treated or released as air emissions or water discharges, or land disposal. Quantitative or qualitative descriptions of pollution prevention, source reduction and recy cling should emphasize potential risk reduction in addition to compliance with existing regulatory requirements. EPA is intereste d in the information to assess overall net reductions in toxicity or environmental releases and exposures, not the shifting of risks to other media (e.g., air to water) or non - environmental areas (e.g., occupational or consumer exposure). To the extent kno wn, information about the technology

being replaced will assist EPA in its relative risk determination. I n addition, information on the relative cost or performance characteristics of the PMN substance to potential alternatives may

be provided. Describe the expected net benefits, such as: (1) An overall reduction in risk to human health or the environment; (2) A reduction in the generation of waste materials through recycling, source reduction or other means; (3) A reduction in the use of hazardous starting material s, reagents, or feedstocks; (4) A reduction in potential toxicity, human exposure and/or environmental release; or (5) The extent to which the new chemical substance may be a substitute for an existing substance that poses a greater overall risk to human health or the environment. EPA strongl y encourages submitters to provide pollution prevention data in their notices, as this information assists the Agency in balancing the benefits of a PMN substance against its unique risks. While Agency

staffers frequently

receive information on the benefits of the PMN substance with respect to its use(s), data on pollution prevention effects are rarely included. This section should be utilized to indicate to EPA benefits in terms of the raw materials incorporated, theOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 135 manufacturing process, emission reductions, less toxic waste byproducts, or lower risks upon end use and disposal. You should consider the entire life cy cle of the PMN substance in y our evaluation. Also consider opportunities for product stewardship or other risk management controls that could significantl y reduce risk characteristics of the new substance (e.g., disposal techniques that can be easil y implemented and substantially reduce waste toxicity ). Initiatives in the New Chemicals Program such as Environmental Technology Initiative (ETI) for Chemicals and the Pollution Prevention Recognition Project are geared toward s incorporating this ty pe of information into the Agency ’s risk management decision making and recognizing innovative chemical design or technological innovation that shows potential for environmental and human health benefits. Describe any pollution prev ention benefits here, and indicate if this information is confidential business information. Attempt to quantify the expected benefits to the extent possible and avoid exaggeration and highly

speculative statements. The following questions can be used to a ssess pollution prevention benefits: (1) Are there pollution prevention benefits associated with the new PMN chemical? (2) Does it allow reduction of elimination of (more) toxic solvents? (3) Does it reduce disposal to land, or in safer forms, compared to the chemi stry it replaces? (4) Can it be recycled more easily than existing materials? (5) Does your manufacturing process eliminate or reduce the use/release of hazardous substances?  **Please click here**  **to review additional information that should be included on this page :**  Clicking the link displays additional information regarding the pollution information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the pollution prevention information as confiden tial.  **There’s a text box which contains the word ‘test’ in the screen shot –**  need to describe what this control is  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3**  **.7** for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 136 Exhibit 4 - 46 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 46**  **: Optional Pollutio**  **n Prevention Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. 4.30 Additional Attachments You can navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Additional Attachments’ screen provides a table for y ou to add additional attachments that have not yet been incorporated into the form. This screen is used as a carryover where documents that did not have a suitable place in the application can be uploaded.  **Please c**  **lick here to view a list of commonly attached documents and where they should**  **be attached:** Click the link to display a list of documents and where they should be attached.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 137  **File Name:** Displays the file name and fi le extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to view, open, or make edits to the document.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pa ges a document contains.  **Date:** Displays the date a document was uploaded.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 4 - 47 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 47**  **: Ad**  **ditional A ttachments**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Attachment Summary’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 138 4.31 Attachment Summary You can navigate to the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment Summary ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen displays a summary of the documents attached to the PMN form. The attachment table displays the section of the form the file is as sociated with, file name and file extension of the document, the document description, number of pages in a document , date attached, and whether the document is CBI.  **Section:** Displays the section of the PMN form the document is associated with .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the documents that were uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document that was uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Pages:** Displaysthe number of pages in a document that was uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Date:** Displays the date a document was uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying ei ther a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 139 Exhibit 4 - 48 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 48**  **: At** **tachment Summary Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ butto n to navigate to the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 4.32 Optional Cover Letter You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ sc reen is used to communicate information to EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non - CBIto elimin ate user error and promote transparency between the compan y and EPA.  **Click here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the information as confidential.  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter the description and any additional special instructions regarding the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 140 Exhibit 4 - 49 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 49**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form . 4.33 Upload XML You can access the ‘Upload XML’ screen by clicking the ‘Upload XML’ button w ithin the lower- left side of the bottom action bar. The ‘Upload XML’ screen is used to upload a PMN XML file into a current PMN form for PMN forms with numerous chemi cals. You also have the option to export a current PMN form into an XML file using the ‘Ex port XML’ link.  **Upload XML File:** Click the button to display the ‘File Upload’ window to search for the ZIP archive file populated with PMN information. The archive file must contain the XMLOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 141 form in a file labeled ‘formdata.xml.’ The application processes the ZI P archive file and displays any applicable error messages.  **Export XML:** Click the button to download the XML file of the current PMN form. Exhibit 4 - 50 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Upload XML ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 50**  **: Upload XML**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 142 

### 5 Edit a Biotech nology Form The Biotechnology

form is used as a way

to collect information about “ intergeneric ” microorganisms that will be manufactured or imported into the United States. EPA collect s the information provided in a Biotechnology form through a free text box and attachments. The Biotechnology

form does not have a structured data format, but there are several t ypes of Biotechnology

notices that can be filed. The different ty pes are as fo llows: ‘Microbial Commercial Activity

Notice (MCAN),’ ‘TSCA Experimental Release Application (TERA),’ ‘Tier I Exemption,’ ‘Tier II Exemption,’ and ‘Biotechnology Test Market Exemption (TME)’ forms. All the forms have the same upload requirements, and EPA w ill retain responsibility for verifying the correct information is received. 5.1 Edit Biotech nology Form To edit a Biotechnology form , navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen , and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a Biotechno logy form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 5.2 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen clicking the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of an ‘In Progress’ form and entering a passphrase o n the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus for yo u to input identifying information for the specific form. You will have the option to edit a ‘Form Alias’ b y which you will use to iden tify the form. A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the sys tem will display a default alias in the fol lowing format: <Form T ype - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . Select the submission ty

pe from the ‘Ty

pe of Submission’ drop - down menu. The ‘ Ty pe of Submission ’ drop - down menu displays the following values :  MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activit y Notice)  TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application)  Tier I Exemption  Tier II Exemption  Biotechnology

TME (Text Market Exemption) The system will provide a ‘TS Number’ field for you to enter a TS number to tie support documents or Joint Submissions to the original Biotechnology form. The TS number must be a six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four ( 4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and numerical series are not recommended . The ‘Text/Comments’ text box is required when an attachment is not provided. A ‘CBI’ checkbox is displayed above the ‘Text/Comments’ text box to claim the information as confidential.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 143 The ‘General Form Information’ screen displays the option to attach a document by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button. For more information regarding the attach document functionality , please refer to **Section 3.7**  .  **Form Alias:** Edit the form alias if necessary . Upon navigating to the screen, the system will display an editable alias in the following format: < Form T ype - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **Type of Submission:** Select the submission ty pe from the drop - down menu. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice),’ ‘TERA (TSCA Exper imental Release Application),’ ‘Tier I Exemption,’ ‘Tier II Exemption,’ and ‘Biotechnology

TME (Test Market Exemption).’  **TS Number:** Enter the TS number. The TS Number can be any six (6) character alphanumeric combination and should include two (2), three (3), or four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended. This field is required if ‘MCAN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Submission’ drop - down menu, if a Letter of Support is pending, and/or if a joint Biotechnol ogy form is being filed.  **Text/Comments -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Text/Comments’ information as confidential.  **Text/Comments:** Enter a description of the form and/or attachment. This field is required if an attachment is not provided.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Upload attachments including individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, Struct ure - Activity Relationship (SAR) modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory comments, etc. Analy tical tests should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ea se of review, group attachments by ty pe of data, e.g., phys ical/chemical properties, fate information, environmental toxicity , and human health toxicity. Please refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row p ermanentl y from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form:** Check the ‘Check here if yo u are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate y ou will be sub mitting a consolidated form. This field is required if a value is entered in the ‘Number of Microorganisms’ text field.  **Check here if you are filing a joint Biotechnology form:** Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint Biotechnology form’ checkbox t o indicate you will be submitting a joint form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 144  **Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending:** Check the ‘Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate the form is pending a Letter of Support.  **Number of Microorganisms:**  Ent er the number of microorganisms in a consolidated submission; this value should be a value from two (2) through twent y (20). This field is required if the ‘Check here if y ou are fili ng a consolidated Biotechnology form ’ checkbox is checked. Exhibit 5 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information Screen**  **(Biotechnology )** 

**Navigation:** If you are filing a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘JointOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 145 Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If y ou are filing a Letter of Support and not a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing either a Letter of Support or a Joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contac t In formation’ link within the navigation tree. 5.3 Joint Submitter Information You can access the ‘ Joint Submitter In formation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you indicate that a joint Biotechnology form is pending . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Joint Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree . Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree to add an additional Joint Submission; a maximum of two joint submitters may be identified. Click the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree to remove a Joint Submission. The ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus used to enter contact information for the joint submitter who will be submitting separate information for the Biotechnology

form. The provided email address will be used to send the joint submitter the unique identification number.  **Check here to claim this info**  **rmation as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter information as confidential. When yo u claim CBI, you are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public.  **Fi rst**  **Name :**  Enter the joint submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s last name. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the joint submitter’s job title.  **Company Name**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s company name . This is a required field.  **Phone Number**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s U.S. day time phone number. This field does not allow dashes. This is a required field.  **Email Address**  **:** Enter the joint submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1**  **:** Enter the first line of the mailing address o f the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2**  **:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the joint submitter .  **City :**  Enter the city

of the joint submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field.  **State :**  Enter the state of the joint submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field.  **Postal Code:**  Enter the postal code of the joint submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field.  **Country :**  Displays ‘ United States.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 146 Exhibit 5 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 2**  **: Joint S**  **ubmitter Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 5.4 Joint Submission Information You can access the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tre e . The ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen presents fields that capture information to pass to the joint submitter. A field titled ‘Special Information’ captures information that the primary submitter will send to the joint submitter in an email. A ‘Unique Id entifier for Joint Submission ’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number display s when a user declare s a joint submission is being established.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 147  **Joint Submission Information:** Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the joint submitter.  **Unique Identification for Joint Submission:**  The unique identificati on number is a random number generated to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission.  **Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission** : Click the link to display the unique identifier notification window to email the unique identifi cation number to the joint submitter. Exhibit 5 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 3**  **: Joint Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access the unique identifier notification window. I f you are filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing a Letter of Support, cli ck the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact In formation’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 148 5.4.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information Yo u can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint subm itter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **Fr om**  **:** Displays the email address of the Primary AO who created the form .  **CC :**  Contains the email address of the Primary AO populated from CDX registration information, and the email a ddress of the technical contact. This is an editable field and additional email addresses may be added if necessary .  **To :**  Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the unique identifier notification window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to.  **Subject :**  Displays ‘YYYY Biote chnology ’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed .  **Message :**  Displays a pre - determined message that will be contained in the email sent to a joint submitter .  **Additional Comments:**  Enter any other additional comments or instructions that sh ould be passed onto the joint submitter .  **Send :**  Click the button to generate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 149 Exhibit 5 - 4 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop -up window (Scroll 1) . **Exhibit 5**  **- 4**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window**  **( Scroll 1)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right - hand corner to exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission In formation’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 150 5.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a joint submission . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen if you identified that a joint submission would be filed . You can also access this screen by clicking th e ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigation tree when you have indicated that a Letter of Support form will be filed. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. The sys tem will a llow an unlimited number of Letters of Support to be filed. Remove a Letter of Support by clicking the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus us ed to enter contact information for the Letter of Support submitter who will be submitting separate information for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be used to send the Letter of Support submitter the unique identification number to create the Letter of Support.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Support submitter information as confidential.  **First Name**  **:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title.  **Company Name**  **:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international day time phone number. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field.  **Email Address :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1**  **:** Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2**  **:** Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field.  **State :**  Enter the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address of the. This is a required field if the ‘Country ’ field is set to ‘United States.’  **Postal Code:**  Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address for the. This i s a required field.  **Country :**  Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address for the. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 151 Exhibit 5 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 5**  **: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree . 5.6 Letter of Support Submission Information You can navigate to the ‘ Lett er of Support Submission In formation’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by

clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen presents fields to capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter . A field titled ‘Special In formation’ will be used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent by the primary

submitter . A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique i dentifier display s when you declare a Letter of Support submission is being established.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 152  **Letter of Support Submission Information :** Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the Letter of Support submitter.  **Unique Identification for Letter of Support Submission:**  The unique identification number is a random number generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support.  **Notify the Secondary Submitter of the Letter of Support**  **Submission** : Click the link to display the unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification number to the Letter of Support submitter.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 153 Exhibit 5 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submission Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 6**  **: Letter of Support**  **Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Letter of Support submission’ link to navigate to the unique identifier notification pop -up window. If you are filing two or more Letters of Support, click the ‘Next’ butt on to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ screen. If you are already on the additional Letters of Support folders or are only filing one Letter of Support, c lick the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact In formation’ scr een . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact In formation’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 154 5.6.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the unique identifier notification pop -up window b y clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Letter of Support submission ’ link from the ‘ Letter of Support Submission I

nformation ’ screen. The unique identifier notification pop -up window is used to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique ident ification number. The unique identifier notification pop -up window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From :**  Displays the email address of the Primary AO that created the form .  **CC :**  This automatically populates with the email address of the Primary AO that created the form and the email address of the technical contact. This is an editable field.  **To :**  Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigati ng to the unique identifier notification window.  **Subject :**  Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology ’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed .  **Message :**  Displays a pre - determined message that will be sent in the email to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:**  Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be passed onto the Letter of Support submitter.  **Send :**  Click the button to generate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 155 Exhibit 5 - 7 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop -up window (Scroll 1) **Exhibit 5**  **- 7**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and navigate back to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right - hand corner to exit the screen without sending the email and navigate back to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 156 5.7 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are n ot filing a Joint Biotechnology or Letter of Support , by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen if you are not filing a Letter of Support , or by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformatio n’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree to access this screen . The technical c ontact should be a person who can provide answers to questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form . The technical c ontact does not have to physicall y work at the site reported on the form , but must be readily available by phone or email. The ‘ Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button that displays the ‘Add Tec hnical Contact’ pop -up window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window presents the fields for y ou to input the technical contact information . The technical contacts table located on the bottom of the screen displays the information entered for each technical contact through the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window . The table provides functionality for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit technical contact in formation, click the technical contact name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column to display the previously entered technical contact information in the ‘Technical Contact Information’ pop -up window .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to display the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to edit the technical contact information.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported technical contact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Clic k the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact information from the table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the technical contact information.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 157 Exhibit 5 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 8**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 1)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen to navigate to th e ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter Link’ within the navigation tree. You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window . The ‘A dd Technical Contact’ pop -up window displays the fields for you to input the information for a technical contact. The system provides functionality to enter multiple technical contacts. If you are the technical contact , click the ‘ Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the technical contact information with your user information entered during CDX registration . The s ys tem provides you with the option to claim the technical contact information as confidential b y checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each technic al contact will have an individual CBI claim. After entering the information for a technical contact , click the ‘ OK’ button which will populate the technical contacts table located on the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 158  **Copy CDX Registration:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during CDX registration . The s ys tem displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Che ck the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential.  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate wi th information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the technical contact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. This field does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered dur ing CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@domain . If you have clicked the ‘C opy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registratio n’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based on whether the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ process was initia ted, this field may populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based on whether the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field populates with information enter ed during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address . Based on whether the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field populates with information entered during CDX regis tration. This is a required field .  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. Based on whether the ‘Copy

CDX Registration’ process was initiated, this field populates with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States . ’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 159 Exhib it 5 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window : **Exhib it**  **5 -**  **9 :**  **Ad d**  **Technical Contact Windo** **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon at the top left corner of the window to to return to the ‘ Technical Contact I nformation ’ screen without saving the technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information in the technical contact information table and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 160 5.8 Optional Cover Letter You can access the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cov er letter is used to give OPPT r esources and special instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either full y CBI or non - CBIto eliminate user error and promote transparency between the company and EPA.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter information as confidential.  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter the description and any additional special instructions regarding the form. Exhibit 5 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 10**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 161 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 162 

### 6 Edit Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form The NOC form is a form that industry users submit to EPA to notify EPA of when a new chemical or microorganism, submitted under a Biotech nology or PMN form, has already started manufacture or import. A NOC form cannot be submitted before the chemical or microorganism has gone through the review period by EPA. The NOC must be submitted within 30 day s after the start date of the first manufacture or import. 6.1 Edit NOC Form To edit a NOC form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a NOC form with a status of ‘In Progress . ’ Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional de tails regarding the enter passphrase process. 6.2 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y clicking an alias link under the ‘Alias’ column with a status of ‘In Progress’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ scr een and entering a passphrase o n the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form Information’ screen allows you to identify

information that notifies EPA of the form alias, case number, and manufacture or import information . The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus to input information about the originally filed form. The ‘Manufacture/Import I nformation ’ field present s radio buttons for you to state whether the company intends to manufacture or import the new chemical substance. When a manufacture/import radio button is selected, a calendar widget appears to enter the date of commencement.  **Form Alias:**  Edit the form alias if necessary . Upon n avigating to the screen, the system will displays an editable form alias in the following format: <Form T ype - YYYYMMDD HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field.  **Case Number:** Enter the case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture . The case number must be in the following format: P - XX - XXXX for Premanufacture Notice cases or J - XX - XXXX for MCAN Biotechnology cases. This is a required field.  **Manufacture/Import Information:** Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ radio button or the ‘First Commercial Importation’ field is required.  **First Commercial Manufacture:** Enter the date for the first commercial manufacture. A calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If yo u select a future date past the current date, an error display s when navigating away

from the screen.  **Fir st Commercial Importation:**  Enter the date for the first commercial importation. A calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If yo u select a future date past the current date, an error display s when navigating away

from the screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 163 Exhibit 6 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Nex t’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 6.3 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Inf ormation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘G eneral Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. The technical c ontact should be a person who can provide answers to questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form . The technical c ontact does not have to physicall y work at the site reported on the form , but must be readily available by phone or email. The ‘ Technical Contact Info rmation’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button that displays the ‘Add Tec hnical Contact’ pop -up window. The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window presents the fields for y ou to input the technical contact information . The technical contacts tab le located on the bottom of the screen displays the information entered for eachOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 164 technical contact through the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window . The table provides functionality for you to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column to display the previously entered technical contact information in the ‘Technical Contact Information’ pop -up window .  **Add Technica l Contact:**  Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to display the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to edit the technical contact information.  **First Name:**  Displays the first name of the reported technical contact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the technical contact information . Exhibit 6 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 6**  **- 2**  **: Technic**  **al Contact Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link wit hin the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 165 You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window . The ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window displays the fields for you to input the information for a technical contact. The system provides functionality to enter multiple technical contacts. If you are the technical contact , click the ‘ Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the technical contact information with your user information entered during CDX registration . The system provides you with the option to claim the technical contact information as confidential b y checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each technical contact will have an individual CBI claim. After entering the information for a technical contact , click the ‘ OK’ button which will populate the technical contacts table located on the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ screen.  **Copy CDX Registration:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields with your contact information provided during CDX registration . The s ys tem displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information .  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confiden tial.  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. This field does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line o f the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the mailing address of the technical contact. If yo u have clic ked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s m ailing address from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 166  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’ Exhibit 6 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Add Technical Contact ’ window : **Exhibit 6**  **- 3**  **: Ad**  **d Technical Contact**  **Windo w** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 167 **Navigation:** Click the ‘ Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon at the top left corner of the window to return to the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ screen without saving the technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information in the te chnical contact information table and return to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen . 6.4 Chemical Information You can access the ‘Chemical I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technic al Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Chemical Information’ screen provides fields to identify the chemical the submitter has begun to manufacture or import. The ‘ Specific Chemical Identity ’ section provides fields to input information describing the chemical for which the NOC is to be filed. This screen outline s the unique chemical properties and displays the name and CASRN of the chemical. If you claim a chemical as CBI, the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box display s. A ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree upon navigating away from the screen. If you claim chemical identity as confidential, you must provide a generic chemical na me for yo ur substance that reveals the specific chemical identity of the new chemical substance to the maximum extent possible.  **Add Chemical Component :**  Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expandable/collapsible field set. At least one chemical is required.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link only displays afte r the information within a field set is saved.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete ’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Substance Identity Confidentiality Status:** You will only be able to select a single radio button. If you claim the chemical as CBI, after clicking the ‘Save’ bu tton in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expandable/collapsible field set, the system will enable the first radio button and disable the second and third radio buttons. If y ou do not claim the chemical as CBI, after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Speci fic Chemical Identity ’ expandable/collapsible field set, the system will disable the first radio button and enable the second and third radio button options. This section displays the following options:OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 168 o I wish to claim the substance identity confidential and the substantiation to support this claim is attached. Failure to submit the required substantiation in accordance with 40 CFR 720.85(b) will result in waiver of y our claim. o I previousl y claimed the substance identity as confidential and hereby relinqu ish that claim. o I did not claim the substance identity as confidential in my original PMN submission.  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘Search Substance Registry Services ’ window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality .  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical being reported.  **Chemical Name:** Display s the chemical name of the substance being reported.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ information as confidential and display the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box. If you claim the chemical as confidential, a ‘CBI Sub stantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree after clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Information’ screen.  **Generic Chemical Name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field displays onl y when the ‘Specific Chemi cal Identity ’ is claimed CBI.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Specific Chemical Id entity ’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfull y save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 169 Exhibit 6 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 4**  **: Chemical Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 170 Exhibit 6 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 6**  **- 5**  **: Chemical**  **Information Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 6.5 Submitter Site Information You can access the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site In formation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Subm itter Site I

nformation’ screen identifies the site at which the manufacture or import of the chemical occurs. The system provides fields to enter site identification information in the siteOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 171 table. You are able to enter sites by searching the Facility Regis try System (FRS). To do so, click the ‘FRS Search’ button.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the Facility Registry System search functionality .  **Registry ID:** Displays the EPA registry ID of the site.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name associated with a site.  **Address:** Displays the site address of a site.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the site row permanently from the system. A confirmation prompt displays to confirm the del etion. Exhibit 6 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Site I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 6**  **: Submitter Site**  **Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** If you claimed a chemical CBI, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. If you did not claim a chemical as CBI, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree to access this screen .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 172 6.6 CBI Substant iation Part 1 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site I

nformation’ screen if a chemical was claimed CBI on the ‘Chemical In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking t he ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen presents substantiation questions that require you to provide answers into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. T he ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen consists of questions A through D, which read as follows:  **(A) What harmful effects to your competitive position, if any, do you think would result**  **if EPA publishes on the I**  **nventory the identity of the chemical substance? How could a competitor use such information given the fact that the identity of the substance**  **otherwise would appear on the inventory of chemical substances with no link between the substance and your compan**  **y or industry? How substantial would the harmful effects of disclosure be? What is the**  **causal relationship between the disclosure and the**  **harmful effects?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question A. This is a required field.  **(B) Fo**  **r what period of time should confidential treatment be given? Until a specific**  **date, the occurrence of a specific event, or permanently? Why?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question B. This is a required field.  **(C) Has the chemical substance been patented? If so, have**  **you granted licenses to others with respect to the patent as it applies to the chemical substance? If the chemical**  **substance has been patented and therefore disclosed through the patent , w**  **hy should it be treated as confidential for purposes of the**  **I nvento**  **ry?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question C. This is a required field.  **(D) Has the identity of the chemical substance been kept confidential to the extent that**  **your competitors do not know it is being manufactured or imported for a commercial purpos**  **e by anyone?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question D. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 173 Exhibit 6 - 7 show s the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 1 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 7**  **: CB**  **I Substantiation Part 1 Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 174 Exhibit 6 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 1 ’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 8**  **: CBI Su**  **bstantiation Part 1 Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**Na vigation:**  Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree. 6.7 CBI Substantiation Part 2 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CB I Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 175 The ‘CBI Substanti ation Part 2’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen consists of questions E through H, which read as follows:  **(E) Is the fact that someone is manufacturing or importing this chemical substance for**  **commercial purposes available to the public, e.g. in technical journals or other publications; in libraries; or in State, local or Federal agency public file**  **s?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question E. This is a required field.  **(F) What measures have you taken to prevent undesired disclosure of the fact that you**  **are manufacturing or importing this substance for a commercial purpose?** : Enter the answer to substantiation question F. This is a required field.  **(G) To what extent has the fact that you are manufacturing or importing this chemical**  **substance for a commercial purpose been disclosed to others? What precautions have you taken in regard to these discl**  **osures? Has this information been disclosed to the public or to competitors?:**  Enter the answer to substantiation question G. This is a required field.  **(H) In what form does this particular chemical substance leave the site of manufacture,**  **e.g. ,**  **as part of a product**  **; in effluent or emission stream? If so, what measures have you**  **taken to guard against discovery of its identity?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question H. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 176 Exhibit 6 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 2 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 9**  **: CBI Substantiation Part 2**  **Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 177 Exhibit 6 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 10**  **: CBI Sub**  **stantiation Part 2**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree. 6.8 CBI Substantiation Part 3 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CB I Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 178 The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘N/A’ if the question does not apply. The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen consists of questions I through L, which read as follows:

 **(I) If the chemical substance leaves the site of manufacture in a product that is available to either the public or your competitors, can they identify the substance by analyzing**  **the product?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question I . This is a required field.  **(J) For what purpose do you manufacture or import the substance?:** Enter the answer to substantiation question J. This is a required field.  **(K) Has EPA, another Federal agency, or any Federal court made any per sistent**  **confidentiality determinations regarding this chemical substance? If so, copies of such determinations must be included in the substantiation.:**  Enter the answer to substantiation question K. This is a required field.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Att ach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and attach supporting documentation for substantiation question K. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded through the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.  **(L) If the notice includes a health and safe t** **y study concerning the new chemical substance, the submitter must al**  **so answer the question in 40 CFR 720.90(b)(2). Persons must answer this question if a health and safety study was provided at any time in the**  **new chemical process.:**  Enter the answer to substantiation question L. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 179 Exhibit 6 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBI Substantiation Part 3 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 11**  **: CBI Substantiation**  **Part 3 Screen (**  **Scroll 1 )** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 180 Exhibit 6 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 2) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 12**  **: CBI Substantiation**  **Part 3 Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**N avigation:**  Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree . 6.9 Optional Cover Letter If you are not claiming a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. If you did claim a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemic al Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional CoverOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 181 Letter screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either full y CB I or non - CBIto eliminate user error and promote transparency between the compan y and EPA.  **Check to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter as confidential .  **Optional Cover**  **Letter:** Enter any additional information or special instructions associated with the form . Exhibit 6 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ scree n: **Exhibit 6**  **- 13**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 182 

### 7 Edit Support Form The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows support forms to be submitted such as ‘Amendment,’ ‘ Other Correspondence,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Transfer of Ownership ,’ ‘Withdrawal Request , ’ and ‘Test Data.’ Support forms are filed separately from PMN forms due to access restrictions and/or to provide information no t included in the original PMN. The Support form is used to supplement the original PMN by providing additional data that was not provided originally, withdraw a PMN application, or provide data that was requested at a later date. 7.1 Edit Support Form To edit a Support form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a form with a status of ‘In Progress . ’ Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 7.2 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form and entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ scre en . The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides a list of text fields and drop - down menus for yo u to input information about the originally filed PMN form.  **Form Alias:**  Edit the form alias if necessary . Upon navigating to the screen, the system displays an editable form alias in the following format: <Form T ype - YYYYMMDD HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field.  **Case Number:** Enter the case number . The case number must be in one of the following formats: P - XX - XXXX for PMN, SN - XX - XXXX for SNUN , L - XX - XXXX for LVE, LM XX - XXXX for LVE Modifications, X - XX - XXXX for LoREX, XM - XX - XXXX for LoREX Modifications, T - XX - XXXX for TMEA and I - XX - XXXX for Mock PMN. This is a required field.  **TS Number:** Enter the TS number ; this field accepts any six (6) characte r alphanumeric combination. This value is d etermined b y the company to identify the form for both pay ments and connecting related submissions when additional communications (Letters of Support, J oint S ubmissions and corrections) are sent before a PMN/L VE n umber has been assigned. The TS number should include two (2), three (3), or four (4) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended.  **Original Submission Media Type:** Select the original submission media type from the dr op down menu. This field contains the following values: ‘ CD, ’ ‘ Paper, ’ and ‘eTSCA PMN 1.0,’ and helps OPPT locate legacy files .  **Original Submission Date:** Enter the date for the original submission date by clicking the calendar icon , which display s the cal endar pop -up window to select the appropriate date.  **Type of Support:** Select the ty pe of support from the drop - down menu . This field contains the following values: ‘ Amendment, ’ ‘ Suspension Request ,’ ‘ Test Data, ’ ‘ Transfer of Ownership, ’ ‘ Withdrawal Request, ’ and ‘ Other Correspondence. ’ This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 183  **Check if requested by EPA/Contractor:** Check the ‘Check if requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox to display fields to enter information that identif ies the requestor that asked you to submit support in formation.  **Last Name:** Enter the last name of the requestor. This field only displays if the ‘Check if requested b y EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed.  **First Name:** Enter the first name of the requestor. This field only displa ysif the ‘Check if requested b y EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed.  **EPA/Contractor:** Select a value from the drop - down menu to identify whether the requestor is an EPA official, a contractor, or unknown.  **Actions:** Click the ‘ Save’ icon ( ) to save an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Form’ icon ( ) to edit an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete an individual EPA/contractor entry. Click the ‘Add’ icon ( ) to add another entry to enter EPA/contractor information.  **Description or Explanation of Support**  **CBI:** Check the ‘ Description or Explanation of Support CBI’ checkbox to claim the support description or explanation of support as confidential.  **Description or Explanation of Support:** Enter the support description or explanation of support. Either the ‘Description or Explanation of Support’ field is required, or an attached document is required.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and attach documents describing the Support form. Attachments that are uploaded include individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, SAR modeling, test samples characterizat ion data, explanatory comments, etc. Analy

tical tests should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by ty pe of data, e.g., phys ical/chem ical properties, fate information. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality.  **File Name:** Displays th e file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Subtype:** Displays the subty pe of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 184 Exhibit 7 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 7**  **- 1**  **: Ge**  **neral Form Information Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 185 Exhibit 7 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 7**  **- 2**  **: Ge**  **neral Form Information Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 7.3 Original Submitter Information You can access the ‘Original Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter I

nformation’ link withi n the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 186 The ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen provides a list of text fields to enter the contact information of the Authorized Official who submitted the original PMN form for whom y ou are filing the Support form.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the original submitter contact information as confidential.  **First Name:** Enter the Authorized Official’s first name. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the Authorized Official’s last name . This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the Authorized Official’s job title .  **Company Name:** Enter the Authorized Official’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the Authorized Official’s day time phone number. This field does not allow dashes. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the Authorized Official’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the Authorized Official’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the Authorized Official’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the Authorized Official’s mailing address . This is a required field .  **State:** Enter the state of the Authorized Official’s m ailing address . This is a required field if the ‘ Country ’ field is set to ‘ United States .’  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the Authorized Official’s mailing address . This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 187 Exhibit 7 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Original Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 7**  **- 3**  **: Original Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to perform a global save on the form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a P DF preview of the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 188 

### 8 Edit Bona Fide Form The purpose of the Bona Fide module is to receive an official determination from EPA as to whether a substance is on the TSCA inventory. Submitters may attempt to avoid submitting a PMN by completing a Bona Fid e form to establish that the chemical already exists on the inventory . The Bona Fide process is cove red in a thirty (30) day period. 8.1 Edit Bona Fide Form To edit a Bona Fide form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of a Bona Fide form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 8.2 General Document Information You can access the ‘General Document Information’ screen b y accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports Bona Fide form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form . The ‘General Document Information’ screen presents a list of text fi elds and checkboxes for you to input identify

ing information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form Alias’ by which the form can be identified. The form alias is helpful when yo u or the company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk. If a form alias is not entered, the system will pr ovide an editable default alias in the f ollowing format: <Form T yp e - YYYYMM DD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . You can claim the entirety of the submission as CBI. The entire submissio n will be claimed as CBI if you check the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI ’ checkbox. The entire submission will be considered non - CBIif you leave the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox unchecked . You can indicate that a technical contact will be identified by checking the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. The technical contact must possess sufficient knowledge to answer an y questions EPA may have about the chemical reported in the form . The application will display a ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen when you check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. Y ou can indicate that a Letter of Support is expected to be filed by a secondary submitter by checking the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox. The Letter of Support shall be submitted by a Secondary

Authorized Official . They will have a unique identification numb er that will link the submissions . The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter, via email, and the unique identifier will link the two forms together. You can indicate that yo u are submitting on behalf of another compan y b y checking the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox. The ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ screen presents a list of text fields for you to input contact information for the company on whose behalf the sub mission is being made when submitting on behalf of another company. The application will display a ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen during the submission process when yo u check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Compan y’ checkbox.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 189  **Form Alias:**  Edit the fo rm alias if necessary . Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will auto - generate an editable form alias in the following format: <Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD HH:MM:SS Time Zone>. This is a required field.  **I claim**  **the entirety of the**  **submission as CBI:** Check the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI ’ checkbox to flag all data contained within the form as confidential.  **Technical Contact:**  Check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox to display a ‘Technical Contact In formation’ screen for you to enter contact inf ormation about the technical contact associated with the reported chemical.  **Letter of Support:**  Check the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a Letter of Support and to display the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support’ folder contains the following screens: ‘L etter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ and ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation.’  **Submitting on Behalf of Company:**  Check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox to indi cate that you will be submitting a Bona Fide form on behalf of another company. A ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen will display during the submission process for you to enter information pertaining to the compan y you are submitting on behalf of that will manufacture or import the chemical substance.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 190 Exhibit 8 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 1**  **: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 191 Exhibit 8 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 2**  **: G**  **eneral Document Information Screen (Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.3 Primary Contact Information You can access the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. The data fields on the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen are pre -populated based on information entered during CDX registration. All fields are editable allowing for necessaryOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 192 updates. The ‘Title’ field on this screen is not pre - popul ated from CDX registration and you are required to enter a value for this field. If you checked the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all entered primary contact information will be flagg ed as CBI. The following fields are captured and display ed from the primary

submitter’s CDX registration information:  **Prefix:** Displays the primary submitter’s prefix .  **First Name:** Contains the primary submitter’s first name populated from CDX registratio n . This is a required field .  **Middle Initial:** Contains the primary submitter’s middle initial populated from CDX registration .  **Last Name:** Contains the primary submitter’s last name populated from CDX registration . This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Contains the primary submitter’s suffix populated from CDX registration .  **Title :**  Enter the primary submitter’s job title.  **Company Name:** Contains the primary submitter’s company

name populated from CDX registration .  **Phone Number :**  Contains the primary submitter’s phone number populated from CDX registration . This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Contains the primary submitter’s email address populated from CDX registration . The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is required.  **Mailing Address 1:** Contains the first line of the primary submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX registration . This is required.  **Mailing Address 2:** Contains the second line of the prim ary submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX registration .  **City:** Contains the city of the primary

submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX registration .  **State:** Contains the state of the primary submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX registration . The state field is required if ‘United States’ is displayed in the ‘Country ’ drop - down menu.  **Postal Code :**  Contains the postal code of the primary submitter’s mailing address populated from CDX registration . This is a required field .  **Country:** Contains the primary submitter’s country

populated from CDX registration . This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 193 Exhibit 8 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 8**  **- 3**  **: Primary Contact Information Screen**  **(Scroll 1)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 194 Exhibit 8 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 8**  **- 4**  **: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen if yo u checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if y ou left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Informati on’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 8.4 Technical Contact Information If you indicated on the ‘General Document Information’ screen that technical contact information will be provided, then you can navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ link wit hin the navigation tree . The technical contact is a subject matter expert (SME) who is capable of answering questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the Bona Fide. The technical contact does notOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 195 have to work at the port or site reported o n the form but must be readily available b y phone or email to answer EPA’s questions pertaining to the chemical reported in the form . The ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen is utilized across all Section 5 Notices and Supports forms. The text fields on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen will be blank upon accessing the screen. To add information, you will enter data into the blank text boxes for the listed text fields. If you checked the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ on the ‘Ge neral Document In formation’ screen, all entered technical contact information will be flagged as CBI.  **Prefix:** Select the technical contact’s prefix from the drop - down menu .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. This is a required field.  **Middle Initial:** Enter the technical contact’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the technical contact’s suffix from the drop - down menu .  **Title :**  Enter the technical contact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the technical contact’s day time phone number. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field.  **Ema il Address:**  Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the t echnical contact’s mailing address.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the U.S. city of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing addr ess from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 196 Exhibit 8 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 5**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen**  **(Scroll 1 )** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 197 Exhibit 8 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 6**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 8.5 Statement of Intent You can access the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ if you left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘Next’ bu tton on the ‘Technical Contact In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Statement of Intent’ screen requires yo u to indicate whether your intent is t o manufacture or import the chemical substance for which you are requesting a TSCA inventory determination from EPA . You must indicate the activities of ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ by checking the provided checkboxes. If yo u indicate that you intend to m anufacture the chemical substance, a prompt to identify ‘Site of Manufacture’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will display . Similarly, if you indicate that you intend to import the chemical substance, a prompt to identify a ‘Port of Entry ’ on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen will display .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 198 On this screen, you are required to enter the date you expect to submit a Section 5 N otification if the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ on the ‘General Document In formation’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen will be flagged as CBI.  **Manufacture:** By

checking the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox, y ou are indicating the chemical substan ce will be manufactured. One of the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkboxes is required to be checked. You may check both checkboxes.  **Import:** By

checking the ‘I

mport’ checkbox, you are indicating the chemical substance will be imported. One of the ‘Manufactu re’ or ‘Import’ checkboxes is required to be checked. You may

check both checkboxes.  **Date of expected Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not on the inventory:**  Enter the date when you are expecting to submit a Section 5 Notification if the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. This date can be received in any format (i.e., ‘Quarter 1 of 2014,’ ‘10/01/14’). This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 199 Exhibit 8 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 7**  **: Statement of Intent**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘LOS Submitter I

nformation’ link located within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen if the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox was not checked on the ‘General Document I nformation’ screen. 8.6 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Statement of I ntent’ screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen is used to enter the contact information regarding the Letter of Support submitter who will submit additional, separate information regarding the Bona Fide form . The email address provided for the secondary submitter will beOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 200 used to send the unique identification number , used to link the p rimary and secondary submissions, to the Letter of Support submitter. If you checked th e ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In f ormation’ screen will be flagged as CBI.  **Prefix :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s prefix.  **First Name:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Middle Initial:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s middle init ial.  **Last Name:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s suffix.  **Title :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s title.  **Company Name:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number:**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international day time phone number. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field.  **Email Address:**  Enter the Letter of Suppo rt submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1**  **:** Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **State :**  Select the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop down menu . This is a required field when the ‘Country ’ field is defined as ‘United States.’  **Postal Code:**  Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing addres s. This is a required field.  **Country :**  Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 201 Exhibit 8 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 8**  **: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 8.7 Letter of Support Submission Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submissi on Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen displays a comment box for you to enter in formation that will be passed on to the ‘Letter of Support’ Submitter. A text box will be used to capture information that will be sent by the Primary AO toOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 202 the Letter of Support submitter in an email and displayed on the Letter of Support form accessible by

the Letter of Support submitter . A ‘Unique Identification Number for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number is displaye d when you declare a Letter of Support submission is being established. When the Primary AO chooses to send an e - mail, the system will send an email to the Letter of Support Submitter designated in the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. The email will contain the ‘Unique Identifier Number’ that will link the t wo forms. When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a form to be filed, the user will be prompted to enter the ‘ Unique Id entification Number ’ on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the ‘ Unique Identification Number ’ has been entered, the system will link the primary and Letter of Support forms .  **Letter of Support Submission Information text box**  **:** Enter the information that the Primary AO is sending to the Letter of Support submitter . Click the ‘unencry pted e - mail’ link to generate the unique identifier notification window and email the information entered in the text box to the Letter of Support submitter.  **Unique Identification Number for**  **Letter of Support Submission :**  The ‘ Unique Identifier Number ’ is a random number displaye d to pass on to the secondary submitter to create a Letter of Support submission.  **Notify the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission**  : Click the link to display the unique identifier notification window to email the unique identification number to the joint submitter.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 203 Exhibit 8 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 9**  **: Letter of Support Submission Information Scree**  **n**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission ’ link to access the ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ pop - up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen. You can also access the ‘Chemical Id entification’ screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 8.7.1 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ screen. The ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ window is used to notify the Secondary

Submitter of the ‘ Unique Ide ntifier Number. ’ The ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ screen display s a ‘CC’ field for yo u to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 204  **From :**  Displays the email a ddress of the Primary AO that created the form .  **CC :**  Contains instructional text for a user to enter multiple email addresses. This will automatically

populate with the email address of the Primary AO , and the email address of the technical contact.  **To :**  Contains the editable email address of the letter of support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window. Enter additional email addresses if necessary.  **Subject :**  Displays ‘YYYY Bona Fide ’ in an editable text field.  **Message :**  Displays a pre - determined message that will be contained in the email sent to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:**  Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be passed onto the Letter of Support submitter .  **Send :**  Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 205 Exhibit 8 - 10 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 10**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Cl ick the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen. 8.8 Chemical Identification Information You can access the ‘ Chemical Identification Information ’ screen b y cl icking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Statement of Intent’ screen if y ou left the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen or from the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification In formation’ link located within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 206 The ‘Chemical Identification I nformation’ screen identifies the ty pe of chemical the submitter will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a Bona Fide for a class 1 or 2 chemical substance or a poly mer. Based on the selection that y ou designate, the appropriate screens for the respective chemical will appear. If you select the radio button for a Class 1 or 2 chemical substance , click the ‘Save’ icon at the bottom of your screen located within the action bar, the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen link will display within the navigation tree. If yo u select the ‘P ol ym er’ radio button, click ing the ‘Save’ icon at the bottom of y our screen located with in the action bar or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ screen link and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen link within the navigation tree. Thi s screen provides a field for you to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The alias is a field that will rename the chemical within the navigation tree.  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance**  **:** Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance ’ radio button to indicate that the chemical ty pe is a Class 1 or 2 substance. Selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after initially selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button display s a warning message that all entered chemical information will be deleted . The user is required to select one of the two options display ed in the ‘Chemical Ty

pe’ section.  **Polymer :**  Select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical ty pe is a poly

mer. Selecting the ‘Poly

mer’ radio button after initially selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button display s a warning message that all entered chemical information will be deleted. The user is required to select one of the two options displa ye d in the ‘Chemical Ty

pe’ section.  **Chemical Alias:**  Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 207 Exhibit 8 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen (Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance) : **Exhibit 8**  **- 11**  **: Chemical Identi fication**  **Information Screen**  **(Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance)** 

**Navigation:** If you select ed the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. If you selected the ‘Polymer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Polymer Id entification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polym er Id entification Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances You can navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen if y ou selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification In formation ’ screen and clicked the ‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 208 The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information describing the chemical for the Bona Fide which is to be fi led. This screen captures information about the chemical including its name, composition, and structure. The system provides fields for yo u to identify

several key

aspects concerning a chemical’s identity. You can add a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button , an expandable/collapsible field set display s that contains numerous fields used to identify the chemical in question. You will be able to enter multiple chemical components , each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical component yo u wish to identify .  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to display the class 1 or 2 chemical substances expandable/collapsible field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and remove the field set . A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. This link only displays when the informat ion within a field set is saved.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Class of Substance:** Inthe section, ‘Class of Substance,’ you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. A substance class must be selected.  **Class 1:** Select the ‘Class 1’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A ‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entit y that can be represented by a single, definite structural diagram.  **Class 2:** Select the ‘Class 2’ radio button to identify the chemical as a ‘Class 2’ substance. When you select a ‘Class 2’ chemical substance, you are indicating that some portions of the structure may

not be known and an additional screen will appear within the navigation tree for you to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple chemical components are added, one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will apply to all chemical components.  **Add Chemical ID:** You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information ’ field set. You can search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m.’ If you retrieve zero results, the s ys tem provides fields for you to enter the chemical information b y filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services Registry Number’ under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality for youOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 209 to enter the selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ butto n located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID’ window.  **CASRN:** Displays the ‘CASRN’ if available. The system provides functionality for you to search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search functionality or b y manually entering the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop - up window.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the ‘Chemical Name . ’ The system will allow you to search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or by manually entering the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up window .  **ID Method:** The s ys tem shall require that you identify which ID method was used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 ( CAS Inventory Expert Service) ’ radio button, the system display s an ‘Attac h IES Report’ button for you to attach an IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’  **Attach IES Report:** To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window, click the ‘Attach IES Report’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification In formation ’ field set after selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach I ES Report’ pop -up window will close and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen.  **File Name:** Displays the file name of the document (s)  **Description:** Displays the user-provided description of the docume nt (s) .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove a document permanently from the system . To access or edit previously attached documents , click the file name link under the ‘File Name’ column.  **Molecular Formula:** Enter a molecular formula using a free text format. This field is optional.  **Chemical Structure Diagram:** The s ys tem allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. This field is optional.  **Attach Chemical Structure:** To access the ‘Atta ch Chemical Structure’ window , you will click the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification’ field set. You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document regarding the chemical structure .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploade d on the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.  **Description:** Displays the description of the chemical structure .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the entire attached chemical structure row permanentl y from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 210 Exhibit 8 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 8**  **- 12**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance**  **s Screen**  **(Scroll 1)**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 211 Exhibit 8 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 8**  **- 13**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you selected th e ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 8.10 Class 2 Substances You can navigate to the ‘ Class 2 Sub stances ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen when you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button for the ‘Class of Substance’ field . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter in information regarding a class 2 chemical substance. A class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has been identified. This screen allows y ou to identify

specific elementsOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 212 in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition (Optional).’ You will be able to enter precursor subst ances b y s earching SRS or b y the manual entry fields when the substance is not in SRS. The substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and CASRN. The system allows the user to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in t ext boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed as CBI.  **Precursor Substances:** This table displays the chemicals identified as immediate precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs.  **Chemical Nam e:**  Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click the chemical name link to navigate to the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window for edits.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN associated with a precursor substance.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the entire chemical row permanently from the system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical.  **Nature of Reaction:** Enter the ‘Nature of Reaction’ description. This is a required field.  **Range of Composition:** Enter the ‘Range of Composition’ description.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and document upload process. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window.  **Description:** Display s the description associated with a document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to d elete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 213 Exhibit 8 - 14 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1 ) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 14**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 214 Exhibit 8 - 15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 15**  **: Class 2 Substance**  **s Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.11 Polymer Identification Information You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen when y ou select the ‘Poly

mer’ radio butt . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Poly mer Identification Information’ link within the navigation tree. The user can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field setOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 215 display s that contains nume rous fields that pertain to the particular polym er. You will be able to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify. For a single component submiss ion, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application display s a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemica l. For a multi - component submission, create individual field sets by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always display together in a single pot and are never isolated. Enter a dditional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical fol der in the navigation tree.  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the button to display the ‘Pol ym er Identification In formation’ field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent e dits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currentl y editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Add Chemical ID:** You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the poly mer identification information field set. You can search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Ind ex Name or Other Sy nony m.’ If you retrieve zero results, the s ys tem provides fields for you to enter the chemical information b y filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘ CASRN ’ under the manual entry field set. The s ys tem allows you to enter the selected ch emical b y clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID’ window.  **Chemical Name:** The s ystem will allow you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the CASRN (if available). The system will allow you to search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manually enter the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 216  **ID Method:** The s ys tem shall require that you identify which ID method was used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (C AS Inventory Expert Service),’ the s ys tem will display an ‘Attach IES Report’ button that allows you to attach an IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’  **Attach IES Report:** To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window, you can click the ‘Attach IES Report’ button within the poly mer identification information field set after selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS I nventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach I ES Report’ pop -up window will close and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘ Poly mer Id entification Information ’ screen. The attachment table displays the file n ame of the document and the user -provided description of the document. The sys tem allows you to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ ( ) icon located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents , click the file name link under the ‘File Name’ column.  **Chemical Structure Diagram:** The s ys tem allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. This field is optional.  **Attach Chemical Structure:** To access the ‘Atta ch Chemical Structure’ window , click the ‘Attach Chemica l Structure’ button within the polymer identification information field set. You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Chemical Struc ture’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of the chemical structure .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row permanentl y from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. After the document is attached and you click the ‘OK ’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ pop -up window closes and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘ Poly mer Identification Information ’ screen. The attachment table dis plays the file name of the document and user -provided description of the document. The sys tem allows you to delete unwanted documents b y clicking the delete icon located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously

attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 217 Exhibit 8 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Poly mer Identificati on Information’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 16**  **: Polymer Identification Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 8.12 Monomers and Other Reactants You can access the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Monomers an d Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and monomers that make up a poly mer. The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen displays anOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 218 ‘Add Monomer’ button for you to identify the monomer(s) that make up the poly mer composition. Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to display an expandable/collapsible field set to enter information into the following fields:  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to display the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **CAS Registry Number :**  Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Search SRS’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Monomer or Other Reactant:** Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field populates based on info rmation entered on the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collap sible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currentl y editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cl icked the ‘Add Monomer ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper - right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Include in Identity:** Check the ‘Include in Identity ’ checkbox to claim the value for ‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification.  **Typical Composition:** Enter the ‘T ypical Composition’ value that a monomer contributes to a poly mer; the value entered must be a pos itive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) . I f the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that the ‘ T ypi cal Composition ’ is a value that is less than or equal to 2% and asking the user whether it should be included in the ‘ Chemical Identity . ’ This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save all data entered into the ‘Monomer’ field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ or ‘Next’ button.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 219  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file exten sion of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Do cuments’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 220 Exhibit 8 - 17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 17**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.13 Use Information You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, on the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen, or on the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen, depending on the choice made on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 221 The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about the chemical substance’s intended use. When the user navigates to the screen, the screen contains a text box with instructional text that reads, ‘How will the substance be used?’ The user will enter the specific data for the chemical substance and then advance to the next screen.  **How will the substance be used:** Enter the data regarding how the chemical substance is intended to be used. This is a required field. Exhibit 8 - 18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 18**  **: Use Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site I dentification’ screen. You can als o access this screen b y clicking the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 8.14 Submitter Site Identification You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ sc reen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Id entification ’ link within the navigation tree.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 222 The ‘ Submitter Site Identification ’ screen captures information about the identification of the sites of manufacture and/or the port of entry . The screen captures specific data for the site of manufacture and/or port of entry b y allowing you to search for a particular site using the FRS system. The s ys tem requires you to select from the ‘Site of Manufacture or Import’ drop - down menu when b oth the ‘Manufacture’ and ‘Import’ checkboxes were checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You are also able to manually enter the site of manufacture and/or the port of entry information. You should list all of the sites of manufacture and/or the por ts of entry that are controlled by

the submitter on this screen.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window.  **EPA Registry ID:** Displays the EPA Registry ID of the site and/or port.  **Site of Manufacture or Port of Entry:**  Displays the site of manufacture or port of entry depending on the checkboxes you checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. This is a required field if the checkboxes were checked.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name of the s ite or port. This is a required field .  **Address:** Displays the address of the site or port. This is a required field .  **City:** Displays the city of the site or port. This is a required field .  **State:** Displays the state of the site or port. This is a required fie ld .  **Postal Code:** Displays the postal code of the site or port. This is a required field .  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 223 Exhibit 8 - 19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site I dentification’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 19**  **: Submitter Site Identification Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. 8.15 Document Management You can navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Document Management’ screen is used to attach required documents to the electronic form. The user must attach three required documents: ‘Spectrum of Substance,’ ‘Statement of Commercialization,’ and ‘Statement of Research and Development.’ The screen also allows the user to attach ‘Other’ documents.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to display the ‘Attach Document’ pop -up window to upload attachments.  **Document Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 224  **Document Type:** Displays the document ty pe associated with the uploaded document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. Exhibit 4 - 35 shows the screen capture of the ‘Document Management’ scree n: **Exhibit 8**  **- 20**  **: Document Management Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 8.16 Optional Cover Letter You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Document Management ’ screen. Yo u can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give EPA resources and special instructions regarding the application.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 225  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter any additional special instructions regarding the form. Exhibit 8 - 21 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 21**  **: Optional Cover Letter Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 226 

### 9 Edit Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows alternative control measures (ACM) forms to be submitted. The ACM form is used to report proposed Alternative Control Measures for published significant new use rules (SNURs ). 9.1 Edit ACM Form To edit an ACM form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click the alias link in the ‘Alias’ column of an ACM form with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the enter passphrase process. 9.2 Contact Information You can access the ‘Contact Information’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘ Contact Information ’ screen provides an ‘Add Contact’ button and a contact information table for you to identify a point of contact who is working for a U.S. based compan y.  **Form Alias:** Enter an alias to identify how the ACM 721.30 form is differentiat ed. The system auto - generates a default alias consisting of the form t ype and date stamp in the following format: < Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone> . The form alias is an editable field that may be changed at an y time. This is a required field.  **Add Co ntact:**  Click the button to display the ‘Add Contact’ window, for you to enter information for a point of contact. At least one contact is required.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **Address:** Displays the mailing address of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a contact by displaying either a ‘ Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to delete a contact from the table. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the contact.  **Next:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 227 Exhibit 9 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Contact I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 9**  **- 1**  **: Contact Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here t o copy your information from CDX Registration**  **:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields with y our contact information provided during CDX registration. A prompt will display confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Che ck**  **here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the contact information as confidential. If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked upon navigati ng back to the screen after copying CDX registration information. To claim a contact as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information.  **First Name:**  Enter the contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Regi stration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:**  Enter the contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entere d during CDX registration. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 228  **Company Name:**  Enter the contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **P hone**  **Number :**  Enter the contact’s day time phone number; dashes are not allowed. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:**  Enter th e contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered durin g CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:**  Enter the first line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City :**  Enter the contact’s U.S. city of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **State :**  Select the state of the contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code**  **:** Enter the postal code of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Country :**  Displays ‘United States.’OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 229 Exhibit 4 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Contact’ window: **Exhibit 9**  **- 2**  **: Ad**  **d Contact Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ ico n to stop the process of adding contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered contact information and navigate back to the ‘Contact Information’ screen. 9.3 Attachments You can access the ‘Attachments’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Contact In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Attachments ’ screen provides an ‘Attach Document’ button for y ou to upload documentation that fulfills the specified requirements, and a text field to provide the 40 CFR 721 citation which the documentation refers to.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 230  **Attach Document :**  Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to attach docu ments that fulfill the outlined requirements in the instructional text. At least one document is required. Refer to **Section 3.7**  for additional info rmation regarding the attach document functionality.  **File Name :**  Displays the file name and file extension of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description :**  Displays the description of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documen ts’ pop -up window.  **Pages :**  Displays the number of pages a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop up window contains.  **Date :**  Displays the date that a document was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window by

displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Action :**  Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) to remove the attached document row. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.  **ACM Citation at 40 CFR 721**  **:** Enter the ACM citation reference that the documents uploaded are supporting. This field allows up to seven (7) numerical characters; letters or other characters are not allowed. This is a required field.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 231 Exhibit 9 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachments’ screen: **Exhibit 9**  **- 3**  **: At** **tachments Screen**

**N avigation:**  Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 232 

### 10 Preview The system allows you to preview the form at any point during the submission process. You can click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) represented b y a computer monitor, located within the bottom action bar , to see a PDF version of the form . A prompt will display to allow you to select whether to view the ‘ Regular ’ or ‘ Sanitized ’ version of the PDF differentiated by buttons . After yo u choose between the ‘Regular’ or ‘ Sanitized’ PDF, a waterm arked PDF version of the form is generated . Click the ‘Back’ button in the browser to navigate back to the submission. The watermark reads ‘Not for Submission’ and displays across each screen in the background. The form preview displays the entire form in a printable format. The preview functionality provides you with the flexibility to track the status and see the entire submission in a single viewpoint.OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 233 Exhibit 10 - 1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotech nology form:

**Exhibit 10**  **- 1**  **: Preview** **Biotech nology**  **Form Screen** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 234 Exhibit 10 - 2 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotech nology form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 2**  **: Preview** **Biotech nology**  **Form PDF**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 235 Exhibit 10 - 3 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the NOC form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 3**  **: Preview**  **NOC Form**  **PDF**OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 236 Exhibit 10 - 4 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Support form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 4**  **: Preview** **Support Form PDF** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 237 

### 11 Validate You can click the ‘ Validat e ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports Form . The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays when yo u click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ). The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays a report of all validation errors and warning messages. During the validation process, the application validates each screen of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to find missing and invalid data. **Validation Errors:**  Errors are denoted by an error icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the error link. The links will display the Screen Title Name (i.e., Chemical Identification ) and the associated error . After yo u click a link, the main application screen will display the section where the error occurred so you can easil y fix the error . Once you have fixed the error, click the Validate icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up windo w. If the information you fixed passes validation, the error will be removed from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop - up window. You can close the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘ X ’ button located at the top right of the window .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 238 Exhibit 11 - 1 show s the screen capture for the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop up window:

**Exhibit 11**  **- 1**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports**  **Validation Pop -**  **Up W indow** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 239 

### 12 Resources You can access the ‘ Resources ’ screen by clicking the ‘ Resources ’ tab located at the top of the screen at any time during the submission process. You can also access the ‘ Resources ’ screen by clicking the ‘ Resources ’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen. The ‘ Resources ’ screen provides you with links to all appropriate Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guides as well as additional helpful links. Click the appropriate ‘ User Guide ’ link to access the Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide document pertaining to your role .  **Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology: Government**  **Costs:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the Regulatory Impact Anal ys is for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology : Government Costs screen.  **Microbial Products of Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910):**  If yo u click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the Microbial Products of Biotechnology : Final Rule (62 FR 17910) screen.  **Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for Microorganisms:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for Microorganisms PDF .  **CDX Ho me**  **:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display di splaying the CDX Homepage .  **TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory screen.  **Substance Registry Services (SRS):** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the Substance Registry Services screen.  **Facility Registry System (FRS):** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the Facility Registry S ys t em (FRS) screen.  **CAS Inventory Expert Services:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the CAS I nventory Expert Services (IES) screen.  **National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES):** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) screen.  **New Chemicals Program Homepage:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the New Chemicals Progra m screen.  **Status of Section 5 Notices:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will display displaying the Status of Section 5 Notices screen .OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 240 Exhibit 12 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Resources ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 12**  **- 1**  **: Resources**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 241 Exhibit 12 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 1): **Exhibit 12**  **- 2**  **: Resources**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 242 

### Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms , and Abbreviations The following table displays all the definitions, acrony ms, and abbreviations used in this document and their full name. **Definitions, A**

**crony ms, and A** **bbreviations Acron**  **ym Full Name**  AO Authorized Official CASRN Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number CDX Central Data Exchange CoR Copy of Record CROMERR Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation CSPP Submissions for Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs CSV Comma - Separated Values EPA Environmental Protection Agency ETI Environmental Technology Initiative FR Federal Regulation FRS Facility Registry System GPC Gel - Permeation Chromatography IES Inventory Expert Services IH Industrial Hygienist IR Infrared LOREX Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption LVE Low Volume Exemption MCAN Microbial Commercial Activity Notice MS Mass Spectrometry MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NM R Nuclear Magnetic Resonance NOC Notice of Commencement NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System OPPT Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics PDF Portable Document Format PM N Premanufacture Notice POTW Publicly Owned Treatment W orks PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPM Parts Per Million RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act SAR Structure -Activity Relationship SNUN Significant New Use Notice SNUR Significant New Use Rules SRS Substance Registry Services STN Scientific and Technical Information Network TERA TSCA Experimental Release ApplicationOPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Support 243 TME Test Market Exemption TMEA Test Marketing Exemption Application TSCA To xic Substances Control Act UV Ultraviolet XML Extensible Markup Language